[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201826024A - Pattern forming method, method for producing laminate and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, method for producing laminate and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201826024A
TW201826024A TW106128841A TW106128841A TW201826024A TW 201826024 A TW201826024 A TW 201826024A TW 106128841 A TW106128841 A TW 106128841A TW 106128841 A TW106128841 A TW 106128841A TW 201826024 A TW201826024 A TW 201826024A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
pattern
photosensitive resin
negative photosensitive
Prior art date
Application number
TW106128841A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI732926B (en
Inventor
犬島孝能
伊藤勝志
斯特凡 萬克魯斯特
村山哲
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201826024A publication Critical patent/TW201826024A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI732926B publication Critical patent/TWI732926B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/095Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having more than one photosensitive layer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a pattern forming method which is capable of forming two or more patterns having different thicknesses with high resolution; a method for producing a laminate; and a method for producing an electronic device. A pattern forming method for forming two or more patterns having different thicknesses at the same time by forming a negative photosensitive resin composition layer with use of a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a resin and a photopolymerization initiator and by subjecting the negative photosensitive resin composition layer to light exposure and development. The thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses and formed at the same time is from 1.5 to 10 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern; and a negative photosensitive resin composition having a difference of 600 mJ/cm2 or more between the maximum value and the minimum value of light exposure amount, with which a pattern having a thickness of 15 [mu]m and a line width of 15 [mu]m or less is able to be resolved, is used in this pattern forming method.

Description

圖案形成方法、積層體的製造方法及電子裝置的製造方法Pattern forming method, laminated body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method

本發明係有關一種圖案形成方法、積層體的製造方法及電子裝置的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method for forming a pattern, a method for manufacturing a laminated body, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

聚醯亞胺的耐熱性及絕緣性優異,因此使用於電子裝置的絕緣層等中。又,聚醯亞胺對溶劑的溶解性低,因此於環化反應前的前驅物(聚醯亞胺前驅物)的狀態下應用於支撐體等之後,還進行加熱而將聚醯亞胺前驅物環化而形成硬化膜之情況。Since polyimide is excellent in heat resistance and insulation, it is used for an insulating layer or the like of an electronic device. In addition, since polyimide has a low solubility in a solvent, it is applied to a support or the like in a state of a precursor (polyimide precursor) before the cyclization reaction, and then the polyimide precursor is heated. When the material is cyclized to form a cured film.

例如,專利文獻1、2中記載有使用包含聚醯亞胺前驅物和光聚合起始劑之負型感光性樹脂組成物形成圖案。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe forming a pattern using a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a polyfluorene imide precursor and a photopolymerization initiator. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2011-191749號公報 [專利文獻2]:日本特開2014-201695號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-191749 [Patent Document 2]: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-201695

近年來,當使用負型感光性樹脂組成物形成圖案時,有時對於形成在具有段差之支撐體上的負型感光性樹脂組成物形成圖案,或者將負型感光性樹脂組成物積層複數個而進行兩種以上的圖案的形成。該種情況下,形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案之情況下,使用按圖案厚度改變遮罩及曝光量而進行之方法。然而,該情況下,需要進行複數次曝光步驟,從而步驟數增加。又,隨著圖案之間的厚度之差變大而處於不易形成所希望的圖案形狀之趨勢。In recent years, when a pattern is formed using a negative photosensitive resin composition, a pattern may be formed on a negative photosensitive resin composition formed on a support having a step, or a plurality of negative photosensitive resin compositions are laminated. In addition, two or more patterns are formed. In this case, two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed. When two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed, a method is used in which the mask and the exposure amount are changed according to the pattern thickness. However, in this case, a plurality of exposure steps are required, and the number of steps increases. In addition, as the difference in thickness between the patterns becomes larger, there is a tendency that it is difficult to form a desired pattern shape.

此外,專利文獻1、專利文獻2中沒有與形成厚度不同之圖案有關之記載和啟示。In addition, there is no description or suggestion about forming a pattern having a different thickness in Patent Documents 1 and 2.

本發明的目的在於提供一種能夠以寬曝光量且良好的解析度形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案之圖案形成方法、積層體的製造方法及電子裝置的製造方法。An object of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method, a laminated body manufacturing method, and an electronic device manufacturing method capable of forming two or more patterns having different thicknesses with a wide exposure and good resolution.

基於上述課題,發明人進行研究之結果,發現能夠藉由以下所示之圖案形成方法而解決上述課題並完成了本發明。本發明提供以下。 <1>一種圖案形成方法,使用包含樹脂及光聚合起始劑之負型感光性樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層,並對負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案,其中 同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.5~10倍, 作為負型感光性樹脂組成物使用能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係600mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。 <2>如<1>所述之圖案形成方法,於支撐體上將負型感光性樹脂組成物層積層2層以上,並對積層2層以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之圖案形成方法,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.75~8倍。 <4>如<1>或<2>所述之圖案形成方法,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的2~6倍。 <5>如<1>~<4>中任一項所述之圖案形成方法,作為負型感光性樹脂組成物使用能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係900mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。 <6>如<1>~<5>中任一項所述之圖案形成方法,樹脂係聚醯亞胺前驅物。 <7>如<6>所述之圖案形成方法,聚醯亞胺前驅物由下述式(1)表示, [化學式1]式(1)中,A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或‐NH‐,R21 表示2價有機基,R22 表示4價有機基,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。 <8>如<7>所述之圖案形成方法,式(1)中,R23 及R24 中的至少一個包含自由基聚合性基。 <9>如<7>或<8>所述之圖案形成方法,式(1)中的R22 係包含芳香環之4價基團。 <10>如<1>~<9>中任一項所述之圖案形成方法,其還包括形成金屬層之步驟。 <11>一種積層體的製造方法,其包括<1>~<10>中任一項所述之圖案形成方法。 <12>一種電子裝置的製造方法,其包括<1>~<10>中任一項所述之圖案形成方法。 [發明效果]Based on the above-mentioned problems, the inventors conducted research and found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the pattern forming method shown below, and the present invention has been completed. The present invention provides the following. <1> A pattern forming method using a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a resin and a photopolymerization initiator to form a negative photosensitive resin composition layer on a support, and performing a negative photosensitive resin composition layer Exposure and development simultaneously form two or more patterns with different thicknesses. Among the patterns with different thicknesses formed simultaneously, the thickest pattern has a thickness of 1.5 to 10 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern, and is used as a negative photosensitive resin. As the composition, a negative photosensitive resin composition capable of analyzing a maximum exposure value and a minimum exposure value of a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less is 600 mJ / cm 2 or more. <2> The pattern forming method according to <1>, in which two or more negative photosensitive resin compositions are laminated on a support, and two or more negative photosensitive resin composition layers are exposed and At the same time, two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed while being developed. <3> The pattern forming method according to <1> or <2>, wherein the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed simultaneously is 1.75 to 8 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. <4> The pattern forming method according to <1> or <2>, wherein the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is 2 to 6 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. <5> The pattern forming method according to any one of <1> to <4>, in which the maximum and minimum exposure amounts of a pattern capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less are used as the negative photosensitive resin composition. The difference in values is a negative photosensitive resin composition of 900 mJ / cm 2 or more. <6> The pattern forming method according to any one of <1> to <5>, a resin-based polyfluorene imide precursor. <7> The pattern forming method according to <6>, the polyimide precursor is represented by the following formula (1), [chemical formula 1] In formula (1), A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 21 represents a divalent organic group, R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or Monovalent organic group. <8> The pattern forming method according to <7>, in the formula (1), at least one of R 23 and R 24 includes a radical polymerizable group. <9> The pattern forming method described in <7> or <8>, wherein R 22 in formula (1) contains a tetravalent group of an aromatic ring. <10> The pattern forming method according to any one of <1> to <9>, further comprising a step of forming a metal layer. <11> A method for producing a laminated body, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of <1> to <10>. <12> A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of <1> to <10>. [Inventive effect]

依本發明,能夠提供一種能夠以寬曝光量且良好的解析度形成厚度不同的兩種以上的圖案之圖案形成方法、積層體的製造方法及電子裝置的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method capable of forming two or more patterns having different thicknesses with a wide exposure and good resolution, a method for manufacturing a laminated body, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

以下所記載之本發明中的構成要件的說明有時基於本發明的代表性實施形態而進行,但本發明並不限定於該種實施形態。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記,未記錄經取代及未經取代之標記係同時包含不具有取代基之基團和具有取代基之基團。例如,“烷基”係不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)者。 本說明書中“曝光”只要無特別限定,除了利用光的曝光以外,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含於曝光中。又,作為使用於曝光之光,通常可列舉以水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 本說明書中,利用“~”表示之數值範圍是指將記載於“~”前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示“烯丙基”及“甲基烯丙基”兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一個。 本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語,不僅是獨立的步驟,而且即使於無法與其他步驟明確區分之情況下,若可實現對該步驟所預期之作用,則亦包含於本術語中。 本說明書中,固體成分濃度是指相對於組成物的總質量之除了溶劑以外的成分的質量百分率。又,只要沒有特別記載,則固體成分濃度是指25℃下的濃度。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別記載,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定,並作為聚苯乙烯換算值而定義。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並作為管柱而使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)而求出。只要沒有特別記載,則將洗提液設為利用THF(四氫呋喃)進行測定者。又,只要沒有特別記載,則將檢測設為使用了UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。The description of the constituent elements in the present invention described below may be made based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. In the present specification, a group (atomic group) is labeled. The unregistered and unsubstituted labels include both a group having no substituent and a group having a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) without a substituent, but also an alkyl group (substituted alkyl group) with a substituent. As long as "exposure" is not specifically limited in this specification, in addition to exposure using light, drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam and an ion beam is also included in the exposure. In addition, as the light used for the exposure, actinic rays such as bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams, or radiation are generally mentioned. In the present specification, a numerical range indicated by "~" means a range including numerical values described before and after "~" as a lower limit value and an upper limit value. In this specification, "(meth) acrylate" means either or both of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth) allyl" means "allyl" and "formyl" "(Meth) acrylic" means either or both of "acrylic" and "methacrylic", and "(meth) acryl" refers to "acryl" Or "methacryl". In this specification, the term "step" is not only an independent step, but even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, if the intended effect of the step can be achieved, it is also included in this term. In the present specification, the solid content concentration refers to the mass percentage of components other than the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition. In addition, unless otherwise stated, the solid content concentration means the concentration at 25 ° C. In this specification, unless otherwise stated, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are measured based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) can be used as the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn), and the protective column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel Super can be used as the column. HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). Unless otherwise stated, the eluent was measured by THF (tetrahydrofuran). In addition, unless otherwise stated, the detection was performed using a wavelength 254 nm detector using UV rays (ultraviolet rays).

<圖案形成方法> 本發明的圖案形成方法使用包含樹脂及光聚合起始劑之負型感光性樹脂組成物而形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層,並對負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影來同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.5~10倍,作為負型感光性樹脂組成物使用厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下且能夠解析圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係600mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。<Pattern formation method> The pattern formation method of the present invention uses a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a resin and a photopolymerization initiator to form a negative photosensitive resin composition layer, and performs the negative photosensitive resin composition layer. Exposure and development to form two or more patterns with different thicknesses at the same time. The thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns with different thicknesses formed at the same time is 1.5 to 10 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. As the object, a negative photosensitive resin composition having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less and a maximum and minimum exposure amount capable of analyzing a pattern is 600 mJ / cm 2 or more.

依本發明,作為負型感光性樹脂組成物而使用上述曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係600mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物,從而能夠以寬曝光量同時且以良好的解析度形成上述厚度不同的兩種以上的圖案。因此,能夠以較少的步驟數,以良好的解析度形成厚度不同之圖案。又,能夠以寬曝光量形成上述圖案,因此即使感光性組成物隨著時間的經過而其性能發生變動(例如低靈敏度化)、裝置發生變形等,亦能夠期待可得到所希望的圖案之效果。此外,本發明中,同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案是指,藉由1次曝光及顯影操作形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。According to the present invention, a negative photosensitive resin composition having a difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount of 600 mJ / cm 2 or more is used as the negative photosensitive resin composition, so that a wide exposure amount can be used simultaneously and at a good quality. A resolution of 2 or more forms two or more patterns with different thicknesses. Therefore, patterns with different thicknesses can be formed with a small number of steps and good resolution. Moreover, since the above-mentioned pattern can be formed with a wide exposure amount, even if the performance of the photosensitive composition changes (e.g., lower sensitivity) with time, the device is deformed, etc., the effect of obtaining a desired pattern can be expected . In addition, in the present invention, the simultaneous formation of two or more patterns with different thicknesses means that two or more patterns with different thicknesses are formed by one exposure and development operation.

本發明中,能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下的圖案之曝光量的最大值及最小值係藉由以下進行定義之值。於圖案解析中,曝光時中的曝光量過低則負型感光性樹脂組成物層的硬化不會充分進行,且無法解析所希望的圖案。又,若曝光量過高,則遮罩邊緣部的未曝光部分的硬化無法充分進行而發生圖案變厚而無法解析所希望的尺寸的圖案。將負型感光性樹脂組成物應用於支撐體,並乾燥而形成厚度15μm的負型感光性樹脂組成物層,且改變曝光量來對厚度15μm的負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光,顯影去除未曝光部來形成厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下(較佳為線寬15μm)的圖案之情況下,改變曝光時的曝光量來進行曝光,將能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下(較佳為線寬15μm)的圖案之曝光量中的最低的曝光量的值定義為曝光量的最小值,且將最高的高曝光量的值設為曝光量的最大值。例如,於100mJ/cm2 為止的曝光量下能夠解析上述圖案,但是若小於100mJ/cm2 ,則無法充分進行硬化而無法解析上述圖案時,100mJ/cm2 成為曝光量的最小值。又,例如於1000mJ/cm2 為止的曝光量下能夠分別上述圖案,但若大於1000mJ/cm2 ,則發生圖案變厚而無法解析上述圖案時,1000mJ/cm2 成為曝光量的最大值。作為曝光中所使用之光(放射線),能夠適當選擇使用可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、帶電粒子束、X射線等放射線,但波長位於190~450nm的範圍之光(放射線)為較佳。例如,利用步進機等曝光裝置,經由從1μm至15μm,按每1μm具有方形拜耳圖案之遮罩進行圖案曝光為較佳。作為能夠於曝光時所使用之光(放射線),g射線、i射線等紫外線為較佳,i線為更佳。 此外,本發明中,圖案的線寬是指、負型感光性樹脂組成物層的顯影去除部(負圖案)的線寬。又,本發明中,將基底的露出寬度為遮罩尺寸的0.8~1.2倍時設為對所希望的尺寸的圖案進行了解析。例如,使用15μm的線寬的遮罩而形成圖案時,將基底露出寬度為15±3μm之情況設為對線寬15μm的圖案進行了解析。In the present invention, the maximum and minimum values of the exposure amount capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less are values defined below. In pattern analysis, if the amount of exposure during exposure is too low, the hardening of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer does not proceed sufficiently, and a desired pattern cannot be analyzed. In addition, if the exposure amount is too high, curing of the unexposed portion of the mask edge portion cannot be performed sufficiently, and a pattern becomes thick, and a pattern of a desired size cannot be analyzed. The negative photosensitive resin composition was applied to a support and dried to form a negative photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 15 μm, and the exposure amount was changed to expose and develop the negative photosensitive resin composition layer having a thickness of 15 μm. When the unexposed portion is removed to form a pattern with a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less (preferably 15 μm), changing the exposure amount during exposure to perform exposure can analyze a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less (preferably The value of the lowest exposure amount among the exposure amounts of a pattern having a line width of 15 μm) is defined as the minimum exposure amount, and the highest exposure value is set to the maximum exposure amount. For example, the above pattern can be analyzed at an exposure amount up to 100 mJ / cm 2 , but if it is less than 100 mJ / cm 2 , the curing cannot be sufficiently performed and the above pattern cannot be analyzed, and the minimum exposure amount is 100 mJ / cm 2 . Furthermore, for example, at 1000mJ / 2 cm until the exposure amount of each can be the pattern, but if greater than 1000mJ / cm 2, the pattern thickening occurs when the pattern can not be resolved, 1000mJ / cm 2 exposure amount of the maximum value. As the light (radiation) used in the exposure, radiation such as visible rays, ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, charged particle beams, and X-rays can be appropriately selected and used, but light (radiation) having a wavelength in a range of 190 to 450 nm is preferable. For example, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure using an exposure device such as a stepper through a mask having a square Bayer pattern per 1 μm from 1 μm to 15 μm. As the light (radiation) that can be used during exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays and i-rays are preferred, and i-rays are more preferred. In the present invention, the line width of the pattern refers to the line width of the development removal portion (negative pattern) of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer. In the present invention, when the exposed width of the substrate is 0.8 to 1.2 times the mask size, a pattern of a desired size is analyzed. For example, when a pattern is formed using a mask having a line width of 15 μm, a pattern with a line width of 15 μm is analyzed when the exposed width of the substrate is 15 ± 3 μm.

本發明的圖案形成方法中所使用之負型感光性樹脂組成物中,上述曝光量的最大值與最小值之差為600mJ/cm2 以上,700mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,800mJ/cm2 以上為更佳,900mJ/cm2 以上為進一步較佳。上限係並無特別限定,從能夠縮短各步驟中所需要之時間之理由考慮,1800mJ/cm2 以下為較佳,1700mJ/cm2 以下為更佳,1600mJ/cm2 以下為進一步較佳。又,關於負型感光性樹脂組成物,於選自上述曝光量的最大值及最小值中之至少一方(較佳為上述曝光量的最小值)係50~500mJ/cm2 的範圍(更佳為100~400mJ/cm2 的範圍)為較佳。上述曝光量的最大值及最小值這兩者於10~2000mJ/cm2 的範圍(更佳為50~1800mJ/cm2 的範圍)為特佳。In the negative photosensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method of the present invention, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount is 600 mJ / cm 2 or more, preferably 700 mJ / cm 2 or more, and 800 mJ / cm 2 The above is more preferable, and more than 900mJ / cm 2 is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited. For reasons of shortening the time required in each step, 1800 mJ / cm 2 or lower is more preferred, 1700 mJ / cm 2 or lower is more preferred, and 1600 mJ / cm 2 or lower is further preferred. The negative photosensitive resin composition is in a range of 50 to 500 mJ / cm 2 (more preferably, at least one selected from the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount (preferably, the minimum value of the exposure amount)). It is preferably in the range of 100 to 400 mJ / cm 2 ). Both the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount are particularly preferably in a range of 10 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 (more preferably in a range of 50 to 1800 mJ / cm 2 ).

作為將負型感光性樹脂組成物中的上述曝光量的最大值與最小值之差調整為600mJ/cm2 之方法,可列舉調整樹脂與光聚合起始劑之比率之方法。又,當同時使用樹脂與自由基聚合性化合物時,調整樹脂、自由基聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑的比率亦為較佳。例如,以樹脂與自由基聚合起始劑之比率(質量比)計調整為5:1~10:1的範圍,以自由基聚合起始劑與光聚合起始劑之比率(質量比)計調整為2:1~8:1的範圍亦為較佳。As a method of adjusting the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount in the negative photosensitive resin composition to 600 mJ / cm 2 , a method of adjusting the ratio of the resin to the photopolymerization initiator may be mentioned. When the resin and the radical polymerizable compound are used together, it is also preferable to adjust the ratio of the resin, the radical polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator. For example, the ratio (mass ratio) of the resin to the radical polymerization initiator is adjusted to a range of 5: 1 to 10: 1, and the ratio (mass ratio) of the radical polymerization initiator to the photopolymerization initiator is adjusted. It is also preferable to adjust the range from 2: 1 to 8: 1.

又,本發明中,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度及最薄的圖案的厚度是指,藉由負型顯影而形成之圖案的厚度。例如,圖1中的A1、B1及C1為圖案的厚度,圖1中的B1相當於最厚的圖案的厚度,圖1中的A1相當於最薄的圖案的厚度。圖1中的符號10係使用負型感光性樹脂組成物形成之樹脂層,符號20係支撐體或金屬層等的結構體。圖1所示之圖案能夠如下形成,亦即於具有凹凸等段差之支撐體20上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層11(圖2(A)),接著,經由具有圖案之遮罩50進行曝光(圖2(B)),接著,藉由顯影去除未曝光部分(圖2(C)),從而能夠形成所希望的圖案。In the present invention, the thickness of the thickest pattern and the thickness of the thinnest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time refer to the thickness of the pattern formed by negative development. For example, A1, B1, and C1 in FIG. 1 are the thicknesses of the patterns, B1 in FIG. 1 corresponds to the thickness of the thickest pattern, and A1 in FIG. 1 corresponds to the thickness of the thinnest pattern. Reference numeral 10 in FIG. 1 denotes a resin layer formed using a negative photosensitive resin composition, and reference numeral 20 denotes a structure such as a support or a metal layer. The pattern shown in FIG. 1 can be formed as follows. That is, a negative photosensitive resin composition layer 11 is formed on a support 20 having steps such as unevenness (FIG. 2 (A)), and then performed through a mask 50 having a pattern. After exposure (FIG. 2 (B)), the unexposed part is removed by development (FIG. 2 (C)), and a desired pattern can be formed.

本發明中,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.5~10倍,1.75~8倍為較佳,2~6倍為更佳。此外,於本發明中,圖案的厚度是指硬化後的圖案的厚度。In the present invention, the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is 1.5 to 10 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern, preferably 1.75 to 8 times, and more preferably 2 to 6 times. In the present invention, the thickness of the pattern means the thickness of the pattern after curing.

藉由本發明的圖案形成方法形成之圖案的厚度係0.05~100μm為較佳。上限係90μm以下為較佳,75μm以下為更佳,50μm以下為進一步較佳。下限係0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳,5μm以上為進一步較佳。 本發明中,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度係0.1~100μm為較佳。上限係90μm以下為較佳,75μm以下為更佳,50μm以下為進一步較佳。下限係0.5μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳,5μm以上為進一步較佳。 本發明中,同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最薄的圖案的厚度係0.05~75μm為較佳。上限係50μm以下為較佳,30μm以下為更佳。下限係0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳,3μm以上為進一步較佳。The thickness of the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is preferably 0.05 to 100 μm. The upper limit is preferably 90 μm or less, more preferably 75 μm or less, and even more preferably 50 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 5 μm or more. In the present invention, the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed simultaneously is preferably 0.1 to 100 μm. The upper limit is preferably 90 μm or less, more preferably 75 μm or less, and even more preferably 50 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 5 μm or more. In the present invention, the thickness of the thinnest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is preferably 0.05 to 75 μm. The upper limit is preferably 50 μm or less, and more preferably 30 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 3 μm or more.

關於本發明的圖案形成方法,於支撐體上將上述負型感光性樹脂組成物層積層2層以上,對積層2層以上而成之負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影來同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案為較佳。當將負型感光性樹脂組成物層積層了2層以上時,因成為基底之支撐體的凹凸而負型感光性樹脂組成物層的厚度中亦有時產生偏差。因此,有時會形成厚度差更大之圖案,但依本發明,即使於該種情況下,亦能夠同時且以良好的解析度形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the above-mentioned negative photosensitive resin composition is laminated on the support body by two or more layers, and the negative photosensitive resin composition layer formed by laminating more than two layers is simultaneously exposed and developed to form simultaneously. Two or more patterns having different thicknesses are preferred. When two or more negative-type photosensitive resin compositions are laminated, the thickness of the negative-type photosensitive resin composition layer may sometimes vary due to the unevenness of the support serving as a base. Therefore, a pattern with a larger thickness difference is sometimes formed, but according to the present invention, even in this case, two or more patterns with different thicknesses can be formed simultaneously and with good resolution.

以下,對本發明的圖案形成方法進行具體說明。Hereinafter, the pattern forming method of the present invention will be specifically described.

本發明的圖案的製造方法包括使用包含樹脂及光聚合起始劑之負型感光性樹脂組成物而於支撐體上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層之步驟(負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟)。本發明中,作為負型感光性樹脂組成物,使用上述曝光量的最大值與最小值之差為600mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。於後面對負型感光性樹脂組成物的詳細內容進行敘述。The method for producing a pattern of the present invention includes a step of forming a negative photosensitive resin composition layer on a support using a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a resin and a photopolymerization initiator (negative photosensitive resin composition layer Formation step). In the present invention, as the negative-type photosensitive resin composition, a negative-type photosensitive resin composition having a difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount of 600 mJ / cm 2 or more is used. Details of the negative-type photosensitive resin composition will be described later.

支撐體的種類能夠依用途而適當確定。例如,可列舉無機基板、樹脂基板、樹脂複合材料基板等。作為無機基板,例如可列舉玻璃基板,石英基板,矽基板,氮化矽(silicon nitride)基板,以及於如該些般的基板上蒸鍍鉬、鈦、鋁、銅等而成的複合基板。作為樹脂基板,可列舉包含聚對苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚碸、聚醚碸、聚芳酯、烯丙基二乙二醇碳酸酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醚醯亞胺、聚吲哚、聚苯硫醚、聚環烯烴、降冰片烯樹脂、聚氯三氟乙烯等氟樹脂、液晶聚合物、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、矽酮樹脂、離子聚合物樹脂、氰酸酯樹脂、交聯反丁烯二酸二酯、環狀聚烯烴、芳香族醚、順丁烯二醯亞胺、烯烴、纖維素、環硫化合物等合成樹脂的基板。該些基板直接以前述形態使用之情況少,通常依最終製品的形態,例如形成有如薄膜電晶體(TFT)元件般的複數層積層結構。此外,於具有金屬層等之負型感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進而形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層時,金屬層或負型感光性樹脂組成物層成為支撐體。The type of the support can be appropriately determined depending on the application. Examples include inorganic substrates, resin substrates, and resin composite substrates. Examples of the inorganic substrate include a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a silicon substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, and a composite substrate obtained by vapor-depositing molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like on these substrates. Examples of the resin substrate include polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, and poly Carbonate, polyfluorene, polyetherfluorene, polyarylate, allyl diethylene glycol carbonate, polyfluorene, polyfluorene, polyfluorene, imine, polyether, imine, polyindole, Polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, fluororesin such as polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionic polymer resin, cyanate resin, cross-linking Substrates of synthetic resins such as fumarate diesters, cyclic polyolefins, aromatic ethers, maleimides, olefins, cellulose, and episulfide compounds. These substrates are rarely used directly in the aforementioned form, and generally, depending on the form of the final product, for example, a multilayer structure such as a thin film transistor (TFT) element is formed. When a negative photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface of a negative photosensitive resin composition layer having a metal layer or the like, the metal layer or the negative photosensitive resin composition layer becomes a support.

作為針對支撐體的負型感光性樹脂組成物的適用方法,塗佈為較佳。作為具體的應用方法,可例示浸漬塗佈法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠出塗佈法、旋轉塗佈法、狹縫掃描法、噴墨法等。從負型感光性樹脂組成物層的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋轉塗佈法。當為旋轉塗佈法時,例如能夠以500~5000rpm的轉速應用10秒鐘~1分鐘左右。 關於負型感光性樹脂組成物層的厚度,以加熱後的膜厚成為0.05~100μm之方式進行塗佈為較佳,以成為1~50μm之方式進行塗佈為更佳。又,所形成之負型感光性樹脂組成物層的厚度未必一定均勻。例如,如圖1所示,當於具有凹凸之表面上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層時,有時成為厚度不同之負型感光性樹脂組成物層。As a method for applying a negative photosensitive resin composition to a support, coating is preferred. Specific application methods include dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, wire rod coating method, gravure coating method, extrusion coating method, spin coating method, and slit scanning. Method, inkjet method, etc. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer, a spin coating method is more preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 5000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. The thickness of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer is preferably applied so that the film thickness after heating becomes 0.05 to 100 μm, and more preferably applied so that it becomes 1 to 50 μm. The thickness of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer to be formed is not necessarily uniform. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, when a negative photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on a surface having irregularities, it may become a negative photosensitive resin composition layer having a different thickness.

於負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟中,可以對形成在支撐體上之負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行乾燥。乾燥溫度係50~150℃為較佳,70~130℃為更佳,90~110℃為進一步較佳。乾燥時間係30秒鐘~20分為較佳,1~10分為更佳,3~7分為進一步較佳。In the negative photosensitive resin composition layer forming step, the negative photosensitive resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried. The drying temperature is preferably 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 to 130 ° C, and even more preferably 90 to 110 ° C. The drying time is preferably 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 to 7 minutes.

本發明的圖案形成方法包括對負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而形成圖案之步驟。具體而言,對負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行圖案狀曝光之曝光步驟及藉由顯影而去除已曝光之樹脂組成物層的未曝光部分來形成圖案之顯影步驟。而且,於本發明中,對負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案時,可列舉於具有凹凸等段差之支撐體上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層,對厚度不同之負型感光性樹脂組成物層同時進行曝光及顯影來形成圖案之方法。作為具有凹凸等段差之支撐體,可列舉於表面形成有金屬層等結構體之支撐體等。The pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of forming a pattern by exposing and developing a negative photosensitive resin composition layer. Specifically, an exposure step of pattern-wise exposing the negative photosensitive resin composition layer and a development step of forming a pattern by removing unexposed portions of the exposed resin composition layer by development. Further, in the present invention, two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed simultaneously by exposing and developing the negative photosensitive resin composition layer. When two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed simultaneously, a negative photosensitive resin composition layer may be formed on a support having unevenness such as unevenness, and the negative photosensitive resin composition layers having different thicknesses may be exposed and developed simultaneously. To form a pattern. Examples of the support having a step such as unevenness include a support in which a structure such as a metal layer is formed on the surface.

於曝光步驟中,針對負型感光感性樹脂組成物層的曝光例如以波長365nm曝光能量換算為50~10000mJ/cm2 進行為較佳,以100~8000mJ/cm2 進行為更佳。曝光波長能夠於190~1000nm的範圍適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。In the exposure step, the exposure to the negative photosensitive resin composition layer is preferably performed at a wavelength of 365 nm exposure energy converted into 50 to 10,000 mJ / cm 2, and more preferably 100 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 . The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in a range of 190 to 1000 nm, and 240 to 550 nm is preferable.

於顯影步驟中,負型感光性樹脂組成物層的顯影使用顯影液進行為較佳。作為顯影液,能夠任意使用。溶劑為較佳。作為顯影液,能夠無特別限制地使用。溶劑為較佳。作為顯影液中所使用之溶劑,可列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類、亞碸類等有機溶劑。關於該些的詳細內容,可列舉於後述樹脂組成物的欄中進行說明之溶劑。其中,3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為更佳。In the developing step, the development of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer is preferably performed using a developing solution. It can be used arbitrarily as a developing solution. A solvent is preferred. The developer can be used without particular limitation. A solvent is preferred. Examples of the solvent used in the developer include organic solvents such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and fluorenes. About these details, the solvent demonstrated in the column of the resin composition mentioned later is mentioned. Among them, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methyl Methyl oxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfene, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, Propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate are more preferred, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are more preferred.

作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~5分鐘為較佳。顯影時的溫度並無特別限定,能夠於20~40℃下進行。於使用了顯影液之處理之後,可以進而進行沖洗。沖洗時使用與顯影液不同之溶劑進行為較佳。例如,能夠使用樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑進行沖洗。沖洗時間係5秒鐘~1分鐘為較佳。The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature during development is not particularly limited, and it can be performed at 20 to 40 ° C. After the treatment using the developing solution, processing can be further performed. It is preferable to use a solvent different from the developer when developing. For example, it is possible to rinse using a solvent contained in the resin composition. The rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.

本發明的圖案形成方法包括對藉由顯影步驟而得到之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟為較佳。於加熱步驟中,進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應。又,於負型感光性樹脂組成物包含自由基聚合性化合物等自由基聚合性成分時,還進行未反應的自由基聚合性成分的硬化等。藉此,能夠形成耐熱性等優異之圖案。It is preferable that the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step. In the heating step, a cyclization reaction of the polyfluorene imide precursor is performed. When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a radical polymerizable component such as a radical polymerizable compound, curing of the unreacted radical polymerizable component is also performed. Thereby, a pattern excellent in heat resistance and the like can be formed.

作為加熱步驟中的最高加熱溫度(加熱時的最高溫度),100~500℃為較佳,140~400℃為更佳,160~350℃為進一步較佳。 加熱以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度從20~150℃的溫度升溫至最高加熱溫度為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保高生產率的同時防止胺過度揮發,且藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和所得到之膜的殘存應力。 加熱開始時的溫度係20~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度是指直至最高加熱溫度開始加熱時的溫度。例如,於將負型感光性樹脂組成物應用於支撐體上之後,並使其乾燥時,該乾燥後的溫度係加熱開始溫度。於加熱步驟中,例如,從比負型感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃之溫度逐漸升溫為較佳。 於加熱步驟中,達到最高加熱溫度之後,加熱10~360分鐘為較佳,加熱20~300分鐘為進一步較佳,加熱30~240分鐘為特佳。As the maximum heating temperature (highest temperature during heating) in the heating step, 100 to 500 ° C is preferable, 140 to 400 ° C is more preferable, and 160 to 350 ° C is more preferable. Heating is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./minute from a temperature of 20 to 150 ° C. to a maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./minute, and still more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./minute. By setting the temperature increase rate to 1 ° C / min or more, it is possible to prevent high volatilization of the amine while ensuring high productivity, and to set the temperature increase rate to 12 ° C / min or less to reduce the residual stress of the obtained film. The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 to 150 ° C, more preferably 20 to 130 ° C, and even more preferably 25 to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which heating is started up to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the negative photosensitive resin composition is applied to a support and dried, the temperature after drying is the heating start temperature. In the heating step, for example, it is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200 ° C. lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition. In the heating step, after reaching the maximum heating temperature, heating for 10 to 360 minutes is preferred, heating for 20 to 300 minutes is further preferred, and heating for 30 to 240 minutes is particularly preferred.

加熱步驟中的加熱可以階段性進行。作為例,可列舉以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃,並於180℃下靜置60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃,並於200℃下靜置120分鐘等之步驟。The heating in the heating step may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature can be raised from 25 ° C to 180 ° C at 3 ° C / min, and allowed to stand at 180 ° C for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C to 200 ° C at 2 ° C / minute, and left at 200 ° C for 120 minutes. And so on.

關於加熱步驟,從防止聚醯亞胺前驅物等分解之方面考慮,藉由使氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體流動等,於低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度係50體積ppm以下為較佳,20體積ppm以下為更佳。The heating step is preferably performed in a low oxygen concentration environment by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the polyfluorene imide precursor or the like. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 vol ppm or less, and more preferably 20 vol ppm or less.

加熱步驟結束之後進行冷卻為較佳。作為冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。It is preferable to cool after the heating step. The cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C / minute.

本發明的圖案形成方法可以包括形成金屬層之步驟(金屬層形成步驟)。作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用已有的金屬種。例如,可列舉銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅及鋁為較佳,銅為更佳。金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠應用已有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中所記載之方法。例如,可列舉光微影、剝離、電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及將它們組合而成之方法等。具體而言看,可列舉組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻而成之圖案化方法、組合光微影和電解電鍍而成之圖案化方法。 作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的部分為0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The pattern forming method of the present invention may include a step of forming a metal layer (metal layer forming step). The metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing metal species can be used. Examples include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper and aluminum are preferred, and copper is more preferred. The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, the methods described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-101850 can be used. Examples thereof include photolithography, peeling, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method of combining them. Specifically, a patterning method using a combination of sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method using a combination of photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited. As the thickness of the metal layer, the thickest part is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm.

本發明的圖案形成方法中,當包括金屬層形成步驟時,還可以包括對金屬層及負型感光性樹脂組成物層中的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之步驟(表面活性化處理步驟)。表面活性化處理可以僅對金屬層中的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對上述顯影步驟後(進行進行加熱步驟時於加熱步驟後)的負型感光性樹脂組成物層中的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及負型感光性樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。 表面活性化處理通常於形成金屬層之後進行,亦可以於對上述顯影步驟後(進而進行加熱步驟時於加熱步驟後)的負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理之後形成金屬層。 表面活性化處理對金屬層中的至少一部分進行為較佳,金屬層中的於表面形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高於設置於其表面之負型感光性樹脂組成物層的黏合性。 又,表面活性化處理對負型感光性樹脂組成物層的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如此,對負型感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,藉此能夠提高與設置於已進行表面活性化處理之表面之金屬層或負型感光性樹脂組成物層的黏合性。 作為表面活性化處理,選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 的蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法的表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液而去除氧化覆膜之後對包含具有胺基與硫醇基中的至少一種之化合物之有機表面處理劑進行的浸漬處理、使用了刷子之機械粗糙化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其對原料氣體使用了氧之氧電漿處理為較佳。進行電暈放電處理時,能量係500~200000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100000J/m2 為更佳,10000~50000J/m2 為最佳。When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes the step of forming a metal layer, it may further include a step (surface activation treatment step) of performing surface activation treatment on at least a part of the metal layer and the negative photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a part of the metal layer, or may be performed only on at least a part of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer after the above development step (after the heating step is performed). You may perform it on at least one part of both a metal layer and a negative photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment is usually performed after the metal layer is formed, and the negative-type photosensitive resin composition layer after the development step (and further, the heating step after the heating step) may be subjected to surface activation treatment to form a metal layer. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and it is preferable to perform surface activation treatment on a part or the whole of a region in the metal layer where a negative photosensitive resin composition layer is formed. In this way, by subjecting the surface of the metal layer to surface activation treatment, it is possible to improve the adhesion to the negative photosensitive resin composition layer provided on the surface. The surface activation treatment is preferably performed on part or all of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer. In this way, by subjecting the surface of the negative photosensitive resin composition layer to surface activation treatment, the adhesion with the metal layer or the negative photosensitive resin composition layer provided on the surface subjected to the surface activation treatment can be improved. The surface activation treatment is selected from plasma treatment, corona discharge treatment of various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen / hydrogen mixed gas, argon / oxygen mixed gas, etc.), based on CF 4 / O 2 , Etching treatment of NF 3 / O 2 , SF 6 , NF 3 , NF 3 / O 2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, immersion in an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution to remove the oxide film, and the inclusion of amine groups and thiols It is preferred that the organic surface treatment agent of at least one of the compounds be impregnated with an organic surface treatment agent, mechanical roughening treatment using a brush, and plasma treatment, especially oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as a raw material gas. When performing the corona discharge treatment, the energy system is preferably 500 to 200,000 J / m 2 , more preferably 1,000 to 100,000 J / m 2 , and most preferably 10,000 to 50,000 J / m 2 .

本發明的圖案形成方法於形成金屬層之後,再次依次進行進行上述負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟、上述曝光步驟、上述顯影步驟及上述加熱步驟為較佳。又,於加熱步驟後,進一步進行上述金屬層形成步驟亦為較佳。藉此,能夠將樹脂層與金屬層交替積層而形成積層體。After the pattern forming method of the present invention forms the metal layer, it is preferable to perform the negative photosensitive resin composition layer forming step, the exposure step, the developing step, and the heating step in this order again. In addition, it is also preferable to further perform the above-mentioned metal layer forming step after the heating step. Thereby, a resin layer and a metal layer can be laminated | stacked alternately, and a laminated body can be formed.

<負型感光性樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物)> 接著,對本發明的圖案形成方法中所使用之負型感光性樹脂組成物進行說明。以下,還將負型感光性樹脂組成物稱為樹脂組成物。 本發明的圖案形成方法中所使用之負型感光性樹脂組成物包含樹脂和光聚合起始劑。本發明中的負型感光性樹脂組成物中,樹脂包含自由基聚合性基,或者包含樹脂以外的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。以下,對負型感光性樹脂組成物的各成分進行詳細說明。<Negative-type photosensitive resin composition (resin composition)> Next, the negative-type photosensitive resin composition used for the pattern formation method of this invention is demonstrated. Hereinafter, the negative photosensitive resin composition is also referred to as a resin composition. The negative-type photosensitive resin composition used in the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a resin and a photopolymerization initiator. In the negative photosensitive resin composition in the present invention, it is preferable that the resin contains a radical polymerizable group or a radical polymerizable compound other than the resin. Hereinafter, each component of a negative photosensitive resin composition is demonstrated in detail.

<<樹脂>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含樹脂。作為樹脂,可列舉聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并噁唑前驅物、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并噁唑、環氧樹脂、酚樹脂等。本發明中,樹脂係聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物,包含由式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。 式(1) [化學式2]式(1)中,A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R21 表示2價有機基,R22 表示4價有機基,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。<<Resin> The resin composition in the present invention contains a resin. Examples of the resin include a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole, an epoxy resin, and a phenol resin. In the present invention, a resin-based polyfluorene imide precursor is preferred. As the polyimide precursor, a polyimide precursor containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (1) is preferable. Formula (1) [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (1), A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 21 represents a divalent organic group, R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or Monovalent organic group.

A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, and an oxygen atom is preferred.

R21 表示2價有機基。作為2價有機基,例示包含直鏈或分支脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或分支脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳基或包括它們的組合之基團為較佳,包括碳數6~20的芳基之基團為更佳。作為芳基的例,可列舉下述。R 21 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and an aryl group, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. An aliphatic group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons, or a group including a combination thereof is preferable, and a group including an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons is more preferable. Examples of the aryl group include the following.

[化學式3]式中,A係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -及-NHCO-、以及它們的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵、選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -中之2價基為進一步較佳。[Chemical Formula 3] In the formula, A is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , and-which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. NHCO- and the groups in these combinations are preferred, single bond, selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S The group in-, -SO 2 -is more preferably selected from -CH 2- , -O-, -S-, -SO 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -A divalent radical of-is more preferable.

具體而言,R21 可列舉以下的二胺的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基等。 選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺及對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯及3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮及3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’–二甲氧基-4,4’–二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’’’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少一種二胺。Specific examples of R 21 include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amine group of the following diamines. Selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diamine Cyclohexane, 1,2-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,3-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, Bis- (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone di Amine; m-phenylenediamine and p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether And 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Hydrazone and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4'-diaminediphenyl Benzophenone and 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4 ' -Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2- Bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxy Phenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-diaminopara-terphenyl, 4 , 4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl ] 碸, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) Anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-amino Phenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl -4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-amino ) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone , 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'- Dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diamine Cumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2 , 4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilaxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzidine aniline, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3 -Bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradefluorofluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4 -(2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] Fluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, p-bis (4-amino-2-tri Fluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-3-trifluoro Methylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylphosphonium, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5- Trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylphosphonium, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3 ', 5 , 5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2 Of 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2 ', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorobenzidine and 4,4 '''-diamine tetraphenyl At least one diamine.

又,還可以作為R21 的例而列舉下述中所示之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。In addition, as examples of R 21 , diamine residues remaining after removal of the amine group of the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below can be mentioned.

[化學式4] [Chemical Formula 4]

[化學式5] [Chemical Formula 5]

又,作為R21 的例,亦可列舉於主鏈具有兩個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺的去除胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。較佳為於一分子中組合包含兩個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一個或兩者之二胺殘基,更佳為不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。作為例,可列舉JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,HUNTSMAN Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該些。以下示出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176的結構。In addition, as an example of R 21 , a diamine residue remaining after removal of an amine group of a diamine having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain may be mentioned. It is preferable to combine a diamine residue containing one or more of two or more ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and more preferably a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring. Examples include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( The above are trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Corporation), 1- (2- (2- (2-aminopropyloxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propane-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- ( 2-Aminopropoxy) propane-2-yl) oxy) propane-2-amine and the like are not limited thereto. The structures of JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.

[化學式6] [Chemical Formula 6]

上述中,x、y、z為平均值。In the above, x, y, and z are average values.

式(1)中,R22 表示4價有機基,包含芳香環之4價基為較佳,由下述式(1-1)或式(1-2)表示之基團為更佳。In formula (1), R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring is more preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) is more preferred.

式(1-1) [化學式7]式(1-1)中,R112 係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-、以及它們的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之2價基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF32 -、-C(CH32 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -之組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。Formula (1-1) [Chemical Formula 7] In the formula (1-1), R 112 is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2- , and -NHCO-, which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. And a group in a combination thereof is preferred, and a single bond or a group selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO 2 -which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. The divalent group is more preferably selected from the group consisting of -CH 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2- , -O-, -CO-, -S-, and -SO The divalent group in the 2- group is further preferred.

式(1-2) [化學式8] Formula (1-2) [Chemical Formula 8]

關於R22 ,可列舉從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。具體而言,可列舉從以下的四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。 選自均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐及1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及它們的碳數1~6的烷基衍生物及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物中之至少一種四羧酸二酐。Examples of R 22 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the acid anhydride group is removed from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Specific examples thereof include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removing acid anhydride groups from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. Selected from pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'- Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2, 3,3 ', 4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxo diphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride , 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4 , 5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-fluorenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2, 4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2,3 -Dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride and their carbon number 1 to 6 alkyl derivatives and Alkoxy derivative having 1 to 6 of at least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

又,作為R22 的例,還可列舉從下述中所示之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基。 [化學式9] Examples of R 22 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removing acid anhydride groups from the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below. [Chemical Formula 9]

從針對鹼顯影液的溶解度的觀點考慮,R22 具有OH基為較佳。更具體而言,作為R22 ,可列舉從上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)中去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基。From the viewpoint of the solubility with respect to the alkaline developer, it is preferable that R 22 has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 22 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removing acid anhydride groups from the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).

式(1)中,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。作為由R23 及R24 表示之1價有機基,可列舉包含直鏈或分支烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基之基團、自由基聚合性基等。本發明中,R23 及R24 中的至少一個包含自由基聚合性基之基團為較佳。依該態樣,具有更顯著地得到本發明的效果之傾向。又,包含該聚醯亞胺前驅物之感光性樹脂組成物能夠較佳地用作負型感光性樹脂組成物。作為自由基聚合性基,可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團等。作為自由基聚合性基的具體例,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等。In formula (1), R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 23 and R 24 include a group including a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, and a radical polymerizable group. In the present invention, at least one of R 23 and R 24 preferably contains a radical polymerizable group. According to this aspect, the effect of the present invention tends to be more significantly obtained. Moreover, the photosensitive resin composition containing this polyfluorene imide precursor can be used suitably as a negative photosensitive resin composition. Examples of the radical polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Specific examples of the radical polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III).

[化學式10] [Chemical Formula 10]

式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為更佳。 式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或碳數4~30的聚氧化伸烷基。作為較佳的R201 的例,可列舉伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -為更佳。R200 係甲基,R201 係伸乙基之組合為特佳。In the formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is more preferred. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferred examples of R 201 include ethylidene, propylidene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene. methylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 - , ethyl stretching, stretch propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 - is more good. The combination of R 200 is methyl, and R 201 is ethylene.

直鏈或分支烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳。作為具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基,十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基及2-乙基己基。 環狀烷基可以係單環環狀烷基,亦可以係多環環狀烷基。作為單環環狀烷基,例如可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環環狀的烷基,例如可列舉金剛烷基、降冰片基、冰片基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,可列舉經取代或未經取代之苯環基、萘環基、戊搭烯環基、茚環基、薁環基、庚搭烯環基、茚烯環基、苝環基、稠五苯環基、苊烯環基、菲環基、蒽環基、稠四苯環基、䓛環基、三伸苯環基、茀環基、聯苯環基、吡咯環基、呋喃環基、噻吩環基、咪唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、嘧啶環基、噠嗪環基、吲哚嗪環基、吲哚環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并噻吩環基、異苯并呋喃環基、喹嗪環基、喹啉環基、酞嗪環基、萘啶環基、喹噁啉環基、喹噁唑啉環基、異喹啉環基、咔唑環基、啡啶環基、吖啶環基、啡啉環基、噻蒽環基、色烯環基、呫噸環基、啡噁噻環基、啡噻嗪環基或啡嗪環基。苯環基為較佳。The carbon number of the linear or branched alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, Isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group include adamantyl, norbornyl, norbornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and fluorene. Group, dicyclohexyl and pinenyl. Among them, cyclohexyl is preferred from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity. Examples of the aromatic group include a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, a pentalene ring group, an indenyl ring group, a fluorene ring group, a heptene ring group, an indenene ring group, and a fluorene ring group. , Fused pentaphenyl ring group, pinene ring group, phenanthrene ring group, anthracene ring group, fused tetraphenyl ring group, fluorene ring group, triphenylene ring group, fluorene ring group, biphenyl ring group, pyrrole ring group, furan Cyclic group, thienyl group, imidazole group, oxazole group, thiazole group, pyridine group, pyrazine group, pyrimidine group, pyridazine group, indazine group, indole group, benzene Benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinazine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring , Isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring group, morphinyl ring group, acridine ring group, morpholine ring group, thiathracycline group, chromene ring group, xanthene ring group, phenoxaline group, morphine Azine ring group or phenazine ring group. A phenyl ring group is preferred.

式(1)中,當A22 係氧原子且R23 係氫原子時和/或A21 為氧原子且R24 為氫原子時,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之3級胺化合物的例,可列舉N,N-二甲基胺基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (1), when A 22 is an oxygen atom and R 23 is a hydrogen atom and / or A 21 is an oxygen atom and R 24 is a hydrogen atom, the polyfluorene imide precursor may be bonded to a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Tertiary amine compounds form conjugate bases. Examples of the tertiary amine compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N, N-dimethylaminopropylmethacrylate.

又,當鹼顯影時,從提高解析度的方面考慮,聚醯亞胺前驅物於結構單元中具有氟原子為較佳。藉由氟原子,能夠於鹼顯影時對膜表面賦予拒水性,且抑制自表面的浸入等。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量係10質量%以上為較佳,又,從對於鹼性水溶液的溶解性的方面考慮,20質量%以下為較佳。In addition, when the alkali is developed, it is preferable that the polyfluorene imide precursor has a fluorine atom in the structural unit from the viewpoint of improving the resolution. The fluorine atom can impart water repellency to the surface of the film at the time of alkali development, and can suppress infiltration from the surface. The fluorine atom content in the polyfluorene imide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution, 20% by mass or less is preferable.

又,以提高與基板的黏合性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚合。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可列舉雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In addition, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilazane, bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane, and the like.

又,為了提高樹脂組成物的保存穩定性,用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物的主鏈末端為較佳。該些中,使用單胺為更佳。作為單胺的較佳的化合物,可列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。可以將該些使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數個封端劑反應而導入複數個不同的末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferable to seal the end of the main chain of the polyfluorene imide precursor with a blocking agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monofluorinated chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound. Among these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. Preferred compounds of the monoamine include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, and 1-hydroxy-7-amine group. Naphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-amine Naphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-amine Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid , 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6- Dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, and the like. Two or more of these may be used, or a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents.

聚醯亞胺前驅物可以由式(1)表示之重複單元和作為其他聚醯亞胺前驅物之其他重複單元構成。 當包含其他重複單元時,聚醯亞胺前驅物中的其他重複單元的比例係1~60莫耳%為較佳,5~50莫耳%為更佳。The polyfluorene imide precursor may be composed of a repeating unit represented by formula (1) and other repeating units as other polyfluorine imide precursors. When other repeating units are included, the proportion of other repeating units in the polyimide precursor is preferably 1 to 60 mole%, and more preferably 5 to 50 mole%.

本發明中的聚醯亞胺前驅物還能夠構成為實質上不含有除了包含由式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的其他聚醯亞胺前驅物。實質上不含有是指,例如樹脂組成物中所含有之上述其他聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量為聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量的3質量%以下。The polyimide precursor in the present invention can be configured so as not to substantially contain other polyimide precursors other than the polyimide precursor containing a repeating unit represented by formula (1). The term “substantially free” means that, for example, the content of the other polyimide precursor contained in the resin composition is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor.

聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為20000~28000,更佳為22000~27000,進一步較佳為23000~25000。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分散度(Mw/Mn)並無特別確定,1.0以上為較佳,2.5以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如4.5以下為較佳,且還能夠設為3.4以下。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 20,000 to 28,000, more preferably 22,000 to 27,000, and even more preferably 23,000 to 25,000. The dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) of the polyfluorene imide precursor is not particularly determined, but 1.0 or more is preferable, 2.5 or more is more preferable, and 2.8 or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the dispersion degree of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited, and is preferably 4.5 or less, for example, and can be set to 3.4 or less.

樹脂組成物中的樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係20~100質量%為較佳,50~99質量%為更佳,60~99質量%為進一步較佳,70~99質量%為特佳。 樹脂組成物中的聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係20~100質量%為較佳,50~99質量%為更佳,60~99質量%為進一步較佳,70~99質量%為特佳。 又,本發明中,還能夠設為實質上不包含除聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的樹脂。實質上不包含是指,例如,樹脂組成物中所含有之除聚醯亞胺前驅物以外的樹脂的含量係聚醯亞胺前驅物的含量的3質量%以下。The content of the resin in the resin composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99% by mass, and 70 to 99% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. % Is particularly good. The content of the polyimide precursor in the resin composition is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, and still more preferably 60 to 99% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. 70 to 99% by mass is particularly preferred. Moreover, in this invention, you may make it a resin which does not contain substantially other than a polyimide precursor. The term "substantially not included" means, for example, that the content of the resin other than the polyimide precursor contained in the resin composition is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor.

<<自由基聚合性化合物>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物還可以含有自由基聚合性化合物。藉由含有自由基聚合性化合物,能夠較佳地用作負型感光性樹脂組成物。進而能夠形成耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。作為自由基聚合性化合物,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,包含兩個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為更佳。自由基聚合性化合物例如可以是單體、預聚物、寡聚物及它們的混合物以及它們的多聚體等化學形態中的任一種。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,苯乙烯基、乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基及(甲基)烯丙基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。此外,本發明中的自由基聚合性化合物為與上述樹脂不同之成分。<<< Radical Polymerizable Compound> The resin composition in the present invention may further contain a radical polymerizable compound. By containing a radical polymerizable compound, it can be used suitably as a negative photosensitive resin composition. Furthermore, a cured film having more excellent heat resistance can be formed. As the radical polymerizable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred, and a compound containing two or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred. The radical polymerizable compound may be, for example, any of chemical forms such as a monomer, a prepolymer, an oligomer, a mixture thereof, and a multimer thereof. As the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, styryl, vinyl, (meth) acrylfluorenyl, and (meth) allyl are preferred, and (meth) acrylfluorenyl is more preferred. The radical polymerizable compound in the present invention is a component different from the resin.

本發明中,單體類型的自由基聚合性化合物(以下,還稱為自由基聚合性單體)為與高分子化合物不同之化合物。自由基聚合性單體典型地係低分子化合物,且分子量2000以下的低分子化合物為較佳,分子量1500以下的低分子化合物為更佳,分子量900以下的低分子化合物為進一步較佳。此外,自由基聚合性單體的分子量通常為100以上。 又,寡聚物類型的自由基聚合性化合物典型地為分子量相對較低的聚合物,由10個~100個自由基聚合性單體鍵合而成之聚合物為較佳。作為分子量,利用凝膠滲透色譜(GPC)法進行之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量係2000~20000為較佳,2000~15000為更佳,2000~10000為進一步較佳。In the present invention, a monomer-type radical polymerizable compound (hereinafter, also referred to as a radical polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from a polymer compound. The radical polymerizable monomer is typically a low-molecular compound, and a low-molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less is preferred, a low-molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1500 or less is more preferred, and a low-molecular compound having a molecular weight of 900 or less is more preferred. The molecular weight of the radical polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more. The oligomer-type radically polymerizable compound is typically a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight, and a polymer obtained by bonding 10 to 100 radically polymerizable monomers is preferred. As the molecular weight, a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method is preferably 2,000 to 20,000, more preferably 2,000 to 15,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 10,000.

本發明中的自由基聚合性化合物的官能基數是指1分子中的自由基聚合性基的數量。從分辨性的觀點考慮,樹脂組成物至少含有一種包含兩個以上的自由基聚合性基之2官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳,含有至少一種2~4官能自由基聚合性化合物為更佳。The number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound in the present invention refers to the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule. From the viewpoint of resolvability, it is preferable that the resin composition contains at least one type of a bifunctional or more radically polymerizable compound containing two or more radical polymerizable groups, and contains at least one type of a 2- to 4-functional radically polymerizable compound. Better.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,可列舉不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,還可較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親和性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脱水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物及鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等具有脱離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,替代上述不飽和羧酸,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。Examples of the radical polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amines, and more preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amines of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, it is also preferable to use an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amidoamine having an affinity substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, or a mercapto group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, and Dehydration condensation reactants of functional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids and the like. In addition, unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amidoamines having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group, and an addition reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine, or thiol, and a halogen group or toluene Substituted reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amidoamines having detachable substituents such as sulfonyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. As another example, instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound group substituted with a vinyl benzene derivative such as unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, or the like can be used. As a specific example, the descriptions in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的化合物亦為較佳。作為其例,能夠列舉聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(Neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate)、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯(Pentaerythritol(meth)acrylate)、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特公昭50-6034號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-64183號公報、日本特公昭49-43191號公報、日本特公昭52-30490號公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯、以及該些的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載之化合物亦為較佳。As the radical polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, and neoopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate. acrylate), pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, adipate Alcohols (meth) acrylates, trimethylolpropane tris (acryloxypropyl) ether, tris (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trimethylolethane, etc. A compound obtained by adding (meth) acrylate to functional alcohol by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-6034, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-37193 (Meth) acrylic acid urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-30490 Acrylate as epoxy tree Epoxy acrylates and (meth) acrylic acid reaction product of polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate, and a mixture of these. The compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-292970 are also preferred.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環,且具有兩個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團的化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。進而,作為其他例,還能夠列舉日本特公昭46-43946號公報、日本特公平1-40337號公報、日本特公平1-40336號公報中所記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平2-25493號公報中所記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭61-22048號公報中所記載之包含全氟烷基的化合物。進而,還能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20、No.7、300頁~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。As the radical polymerizable compound, it is also possible to use a fluorene ring described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent No. 4364216, and the like. Compounds of ethylenically unsaturated groups or cardo resins. Furthermore, as another example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 46-43946, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1-40337, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1-40336, and specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei 2-200 can be cited. A vinylphosphonic acid-based compound described in Japanese Patent No. 25493 and the like. In addition, a compound containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-22048 can also be used. Furthermore, the "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used as the introducer of the photopolymerizable monomer and oligomer.

除了上述以外,還能夠較佳地使用由下述通式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物。此外,式中,T為氧伸烷基時,碳原子側的末端與R鍵結。In addition to the above, compounds represented by the following general formulae (MO-1) to (MO-5) can be preferably used. In the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, a carbon atom-side end is bonded to R.

[化學式11] [Chemical Formula 11]

[化學式12] [Chemical Formula 12]

於上述各式中,n為0~14的整數,m為0~8的整數。於分子內存在複數個之R、T可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 於由上述式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物之每一個中,複數個R內的至少一個表示由-OC(=O)CH=CH2 或-OC(=O)C(CH3 )=CH2 表示之基團。 作為由上述式(MO-1)~(MO-5)表示之化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報的0248~0251段中所記載之化合物。In each of the above formulas, n is an integer of 0 to 14, and m is an integer of 0 to 8. A plurality of R and T in the molecule may be the same or different. In each of the compounds represented by the above formulae (MO-1) to (MO-5), at least one of the plurality of Rs is represented by -OC (= O) CH = CH 2 or -OC (= O) C (CH 3 ) = A group represented by CH 2 . Specific examples of the compounds represented by the formulae (MO-1) to (MO-5) include compounds described in paragraphs 0248 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779.

又,於日本特開平10-62986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物還能夠用作自由基聚合性化合物,該化合物係於多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基聚合性化合物,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。In addition, the following compounds described in Formula (1) and Formula (2) and their specific examples in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-62986 can also be used as radical polymerizable compounds, and the compounds are added to a polyfunctional alcohol A compound obtained by (meth) acrylated with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-187211 can also be used as radical polymerizable compounds, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。還能夠使用它們的寡聚物類型。又,作為較佳的例,還可列舉上述式(MO-1)、式(MO-2)的季戊四醇衍生物和/或二季戊四醇衍生物。又,還能夠使用Sartomer company Inc.製SR209。As the radical polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (KAYARAD D-310 as a commercial product; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. .), Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (available commercially as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and these A structure in which the (meth) acrylfluorenyl group is bonded via an ethylene glycol residue and a propylene glycol residue is preferable. It is also possible to use their oligo type. In addition, as a preferable example, pentaerythritol derivatives and / or dipentaerythritol derivatives of the above formula (MO-1) and (MO-2) may be mentioned. It is also possible to use SR209 manufactured by Sartomer company Inc.

自由基聚合性化合物還可以具有羧基、磺基、磷酸基等酸基。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物之M-510、M-520等。作為具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物的較佳的酸值,係0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若上述化合物的酸值為上述範圍,則製造和操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,自由基聚合性為良好。The radical polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers produced by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. The preferable acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the compound is in the above-mentioned range, the manufacturing and handling properties are excellent, and further the developability is excellent. Moreover, the radical polymerizability was favorable.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用具有己內酯結構之化合物。作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,只要於分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如能夠列舉可藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇和(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯酯化而得到之ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,由下述式(C)表示之化合物為較佳。As the radical polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule, and examples thereof include trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, and trimethylol. Polypropane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerol, diglycerol, trimethylol melamine, etc., and (meth) acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone esterified ε-hexane Lactone modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate. Among them, a compound represented by the following formula (C) is preferable.

式(C) [化學式13] Formula (C) [Chemical Formula 13]

式中,6個R均為由下述式(D)表示之基團,或6個R中的1~5個為由下述式(D)表示之基團,剩餘為由下述式(E)表示之基團。In the formula, 6 R are each a group represented by the following formula (D), or 1 to 5 of the 6 R are groups represented by the following formula (D), and the rest are represented by the following formula (D E) represents a group.

式(D) [化學式14] Formula (D) [Chemical Formula 14]

式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bonding bond.

式(E) [化學式15] Formula (E) [Chemical Formula 15]

式中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bonding bond.

具有該種己內酯結構之化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而在市售中,且能夠列舉DPCA-20(於上述式(C)~(E)中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=2,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=3,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式中,m=1,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=6,R1 均為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式中m=2,由式(D)表示之基團的數量=6、R1 均為氫原子之化合物)等。A compound having such a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, as KAYARAD DPCA series by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-20 (in the formulae (C) to (E) above, m = 1, The number of groups represented by formula (D) = 2, and R 1 is a hydrogen atom compound), DPCA-30 (in the above formula, m = 1, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 3, R 1 is a compound of hydrogen atom), DPCA-60 (in the above formula, m = 1, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, R 1 is a compound of hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 ( In the above formula, m = 2, the number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), and the like.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,選自由下述通式(i)或(ii)表示之化合物的組中之至少一種亦為較佳。As the radical polymerizable compound, at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii) is also preferable.

[化學式16] [Chemical Formula 16]

式(i)及式(ii)中,E各自獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,X各自獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。 式(i)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計係3個或4個,m各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。但是,各m的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。 式(ii)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n各自獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。但是,各n的合計為0時,X中的任一個為羧基。In formulas (i) and (ii), E each independently represents-((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-or-((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O)-, and y each independently represents An integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents a (meth) acrylfluorenyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group. In formula (i), the total number of (meth) acrylfluorenyl groups is three or four, m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group. In the formula (ii), the total number of (meth) acrylfluorenyl groups is five or six, n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

式(i)中,m係0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。又,各m的合計係2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~8的整數為特佳。 式(ii)中,n係0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。又,各n的合計係3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數為更佳,6~12的整數為特佳。 式(i)或式(ii)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-係氧原子側的末端與X鍵結之形態為較佳。尤其,於式(ii)中,6個X均為丙烯醯基之形態為較佳。In formula (i), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred. In addition, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, an integer of 2 to 16 is more preferable, and an integer of 4 to 8 is particularly preferable. In formula (ii), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred. In addition, the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, an integer of 3 to 24 is more preferable, and an integer of 6 to 12 is particularly preferable. In formula (i) or (ii),-((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-or-((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O)-is the end of the oxygen atom side and X bond The shape is better. In particular, in formula (ii), a form in which all six X's are acrylfluorenyl is preferable.

作為由式(i)及式(ii)表示之化合物的市售品,例如可列舉Sartomer company Inc.製的作為具有4個乙烯氧鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd製的作為具有6個戊烯氧鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有3個異丁烯氧鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。Examples of commercially available compounds represented by the formulae (i) and (ii) include SR-494, Nippon Kayaku Co., which is a four-functional acrylate having four ethylene oxide chains, manufactured by Sartomer company Inc., Ltd. makes DPCA-60, which is a 6-functional acrylate having 6 pentene oxygen chains, TPA-330, which is a tri-functional acrylate having 3 isobutylene oxygen chains, and the like.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦為較佳。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中所記載之於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構之加成聚合性單體類。 作為市售品,可列舉胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co.,Ltd製)、NK酯M-40G、NK酯4G、NK酯M-9300、NK酯A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。As the radically polymerizable compound, the aminomethyl compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765. Ester acrylates, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418. Urethane compounds based on a skeleton are also preferable. In addition, it is also possible to use an additive having an amine structure or a thioether structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1-105238. Form polymerizable monomers. Examples of commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK Esters A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), And the like.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,從耐熱性的觀點考慮,具有由下述式表示之部分結構為較佳。其中,式中的*為連接鍵。As the radical polymerizable compound, it is preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following formula from the viewpoint of heat resistance. Among them, * in the formula is a connection key.

[化學式17] [Chemical Formula 17]

作為具有上述部分結構之化合物的具體例,例如可列舉三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Specific examples of the compound having the above partial structure include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanurate ethylene oxide modified di (meth) acrylate, and isocyanurate ring. Ethylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (methyl) ) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra (meth) acrylate, etc.

於樹脂組成物中,從良好自由基聚合性與耐熱性的觀點考慮,自由基聚合性化合物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為更佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳。 又,聚醯亞胺前驅物與自由基聚合性化合物的質量比例(聚醯亞胺前驅物/自由基聚合性化合物)係98/2~10/90為較佳,95/5~30/70為更佳,90/10~50/50為進一步較佳。若聚醯亞胺前驅物與自由基聚合性化合物的質量比例為上述範圍,則能夠形成硬化性及耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。自由基聚合性化合物可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the radical polymerizable compound in the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition from the viewpoint of good radical polymerizability and heat resistance. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less. The mass ratio of the polyimide precursor and the radical polymerizable compound (polyimide precursor / radical polymerizable compound) is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, and 95/5 to 30/70 More preferably, 90/10 to 50/50 is more preferable. If the mass ratio of a polyimide precursor and a radically polymerizable compound is the said range, a hardened film which is more excellent in hardenability and heat resistance can be formed. The radical polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,可列舉光陽離子聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。本發明中的樹脂組成物藉由包含光自由基聚合起始劑,於將樹脂組成物應用於半導體晶圓等支撐體而形成樹脂組成物層之後,照射光而引起由自由基導致之硬化,從而能夠降低光照射部中的溶解性。因此,例如具有如下優點:經由具有僅遮蔽電極部之圖案之光遮罩而對樹脂組成物層進行曝光,藉此依電極等的圖案而能夠簡單地製作溶解性不同之區域。<< Photoinitiator >> The resin composition in the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, and the like, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferred. The resin composition in the present invention contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and after the resin composition is applied to a support such as a semiconductor wafer to form a resin composition layer, it is irradiated with light to cause hardening caused by radicals. This can reduce the solubility in the light irradiation section. Therefore, for example, there is an advantage that by exposing the resin composition layer through a light mask having a pattern that only shields the electrode portion, it is possible to easily create regions having different solubility depending on the pattern of the electrode or the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對從紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以是與光激發之敏化劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。光聚合起始劑至少含有一種於約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50的莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來測定。例如,利用紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a photopolymerization initiator having sensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it may be an active agent which generates a certain action with a photo-excited sensitizer and generates an active radical. The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a Molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of a compound can be measured by a well-known method. For example, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Corporation) and use ethyl acetate solvent to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.

作為光聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如可列舉鹵烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架之化合物、具有噁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基骨架之化合物)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮類化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該些的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段的記載,並將該內容編入本說明書中。又,作為酮化合物,例如可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載之化合物,並將該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,還可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd製)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a known compound can be arbitrarily used. Examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl skeleton), fluorenylphosphine compounds such as fluorenylphosphine oxide, and hexaarylbisazole Oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, Metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic hydrocarbon complexes, and the like. Regarding these details, refer to the descriptions in paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357 and incorporate the contents into this specification. In addition, as the ketone compound, for example, a compound described in paragraph 0087 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-087611 can be exemplified, and the content is incorporated into the present specification. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠較佳地使用α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物及茂金屬化合物。更具體而言,例如還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載之光聚合起始劑。 作為α-羥基酮化合物,能夠使用IRGACURE-184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。 作為α-胺基酮化合物,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。作為α-胺基酮化合物,還能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦化合物,可列舉2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。 作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784(BASF公司製)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, a fluorenylphosphine compound, and a metallocene compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, a photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and a photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used. As the α-hydroxy ketone compound, IRGACURE-184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the α-amino ketone compound, commercially available IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the α-amino ketone compound, a compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 can be used in which the absorption maximum wavelength matches a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. Examples of the fluorenylphosphine compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylfluorenyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like. In addition, IRGACURE-819 or IRGACURE-TPO (trade name: both manufactured by BASF) can be used as commercially available products. Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠使曝光寬容度更有效地提高。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)廣,並且還作為熱鹼產生劑而發揮作用,因此為特佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物。作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可列舉3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮,3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮,2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮,2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。The photopolymerization initiator is more preferably an oxime compound. By using an oxime compound, exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. The oxime compound has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also functions as a hot alkali generator, so it is particularly preferable. As specific examples of the oxime compound, a compound described in JP 2001-233842, a compound described in JP 2000-80068, and a compound described in JP 2006-342166 can be used. . Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-ethoxyiminobutane-2-one, and 3-propanyloxyimine Aminobutane-2-one, 2-acetaminoiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetaminoimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzidine Oxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropane-1-one and the like.

市售品中,還可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-14052號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,還能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930((ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.製)。進而,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。 作為最佳的肟化合物,可列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物、日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。Among commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (the above are made by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (made by ADEKA Corporation, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-14052) Photopolymerization initiator 2) described in the publication. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can be used. DFI-091 (DAITO (Manufactured by CHEMIX Co., Ltd.). Further, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can be used. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-262028, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2014 Compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Patent Publication No. -500852, and compounds (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164471. Examples of the best oxime compound include An oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779, an oxime compound having a sulfur aryl group shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、芐基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物中之至少一種為較佳,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物及苯乙酮化合物中之至少一種為更佳,選自三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體及二苯甲酮化合物中之至少一種為進一步較佳,茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為進一步較佳,肟化合物為特佳。As the photopolymerization initiator, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and fluorenylphosphine compounds. , Phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, oxime compound, triarylimidazole dimer, onium salt compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene- At least one of an iron complex and a salt thereof, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, α -At least one of an amino ketone compound, a fluorenyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound, and an acetophenone compound is more preferable At least one selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazine compound, α-hydroxyketone compound, α-amino ketone compound, oxime compound, triarylimidazole dimer and benzophenone compound is further preferred, and the metallocene Compound An oxime compound is further preferred, and an oxime compound is particularly preferred.

又,光聚合起始劑還能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮)等N,N'-四烷基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮;2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮;與烷基蒽醌等芳香環進行縮環而成的醌類;安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物;苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等苯偶醯衍生物等。又,還能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。 [化學式18]式(I)中,R50 為碳數1~20的烷基;被一個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~20的烷基;碳數1~12的烷氧基;苯基;碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被一個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及被碳數1~4的烷基中的至少一個取代之苯基;或聯苯基,R51 為由式(II)表示之基團,或者係與R50 相同的基團,R52 ~R54 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素。 [化學式19]式(II) 式中,R55 ~R57 與上述式(I)的R52 ~R54 相同。As the photopolymerization initiator, N, N'-tetraane such as benzophenone and N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone) can be used. -4,4'-diaminobenzophenone; 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinylphenyl) -butanone-1, 2-methyl- Aromatic ketones such as 1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinyl-acetone-1; quinones formed by condensation with aromatic rings such as alkyl anthraquinone; benzoin alkyl ethers, etc. Benzoin compounds such as benzoin ether compounds, benzoin and alkyl benzoin; benzoin derivatives such as benzoin dimethyl ketal and the like. A compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used. [Chemical Formula 18] In formula (I), R 50 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; phenyl group; carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl groups, 1 to 12 alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2 to 12 alkenyl groups, and 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms An alkyl group and a phenyl group substituted with at least one of alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; or a biphenyl group, R 51 is a group represented by formula (II), or a group identical to R 50 , R 52 to R 54 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen. [Chemical Formula 19] Formula (II) In the formula, R 55 to R 57 are the same as R 52 to R 54 in the formula (I).

又,光聚合起始劑還能夠使用國際公開WO2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. WO2015 / 125469 can also be used.

光聚合起始劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.1~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one kind, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可較佳地使用對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、對-第三丁基鄰苯二酚、對苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、吩噻嗪、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-第三丁基)苯基甲烷等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開WO2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載之化合物。<<< polymerization inhibitor> It is preferable that the resin composition in the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-third-butyl-p-cresol, catechol, p-third-butylcatechol, p- Benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis (3-methyl-6-third butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6 -Third butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediamine tetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-third-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamine) phenol, N-nitroso -N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-third butyl) phenylmethane and the like. In addition, the polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 031 to 0046 of International Publication No. WO2015 / 125469 can also be used.

當樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.01~5質量%為較佳。聚合抑制劑可以是僅一種,亦可以為兩種以上。當聚合抑制劑為兩種以上時,其合計為上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The polymerization inhibitor may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.

<<光鹼產生劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含光鹼產生劑。光鹼產生劑為藉由曝光而產生鹼者,於常溫常壓的通常條件下不顯示活性,但若係作為外部刺激而進行電磁波照射和加熱時,產生鹼(鹼性物質)者,則並無特別限定。<<< Photobase generator> The resin composition in this invention may contain a photobase generator. The photo-alkali generator is one that generates alkali by exposure and does not show activity under normal conditions of normal temperature and pressure. However, if it is an external stimulus when it is irradiated with electromagnetic waves and heated, it generates alkali (alkaline substance). There is no particular limitation.

光鹼產生劑的含量只要能夠形成所希望的圖案,則並無特別限定,能夠設為通常的含量。光鹼產生劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物100質量份於0.01質量份以上且小於30質量份的範圍內為較佳,於0.05質量份~25質量份的範圍內為更佳,於0.1質量份~20質量份的範圍內為進一步較佳。The content of the photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and it can be set to a normal content. The content of the photobase generator is preferably in a range of 0.01 parts by mass or more and less than 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin composition, more preferably in a range of 0.05 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 part by mass. The range of -20 mass parts is more preferable.

本發明中,作為光鹼產生劑能夠使用公知的化合物。例如,能夠列舉如於M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka, Prog.Polym.Sci.,21,1(1996);角岡正弘,高分子加工,46,2(1997);C.Kutal, Coord.Chem.Rev.,211,353(2001);Y.Kaneko,A.Sarker, and D.Neckers, Chem.Mater.,11,170(1999);H.Tachi,M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,13,153(2000);M.Winkle, and K.Graziano, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,3,419(1990);M.Tsunooka,H.Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,9,13(1996);K.Suyama, H.Araki, M.Shirai, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,19,81(2006)中所記載,如過度金屬化合物錯合物、具有銨鹽等結構者、如脒部分因與羧酸形成鹽而被潛在化者那樣,鹼成分因形成鹽而被中和之離子性化合物、胺基甲酸酯衍生物、肟酯衍生物、醯基化合物等藉由胺基甲酸酯鍵或肟鍵等而鹼成分被潛在化之非離子性化合物。又,使用WPBG-266(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)亦為較佳。In the present invention, a known compound can be used as the photobase generator. For example, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, Prog. Polym. Sci., 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kakuoka, Polymer Processing, 46, 2 (1997); C. Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev., 211, 353 (2001); Y. Kaneko, A. Sarker, and D. Neckers, Chem. Mater., 11, 170 (1999); H. Tachi, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, J. Photopolym. Sci.Technol., 13,153 (2000); M. Winkle, and K. Graziano, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 3,419 (1990); M. Tsunooka, H. Tachi, and S. Yoshitaka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 9, 13 (1996); K. Suyama, H. Araki, M. Shirai, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 19, 81 (2006), such as complexes of transition metal compounds Those with structures such as ammonium salts, such as those whose amidine is partially potentialized by forming salts with carboxylic acids, ionic compounds, carbamate derivatives, and oxime ester derivatives whose alkali components are neutralized due to salt formation , Fluorenyl compounds, etc. Nonionic compounds in which the alkali component is potentially converted by a urethane bond or an oxime bond. It is also preferable to use WPBG-266 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.).

由光鹼產生劑產生之鹼性物質並無特別限定,可列舉具有胺基之化合物,尤其可列舉單胺、二胺等聚胺或脒等。 所產生之鹼性物質係具有鹼度更高的胺基之化合物為較佳。其原因為對聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化中的脱水縮合反應等的觸媒作用強,且能夠添加少量來顯現於更低的溫度下的脱水縮合反應等中的觸媒效果。亦即,所產生之鹼性物質的觸媒效果大,因此作為樹脂組成物的外觀的靈敏度得以提高。從上述觸媒效果的觀點考慮,脒、脂肪族胺基為較佳。The basic substance produced by the photobase generator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having an amine group, and in particular, polyamines such as monoamines and diamines, and fluorene. The produced basic substance is preferably a compound having an amine group having a higher basicity. The reason for this is that the catalyst effect on the dehydration condensation reaction during the polyimide precursor of the polyimide precursor is strong, and a small amount can be added to show the catalyst effect on the dehydration condensation reaction and the like at a lower temperature. That is, since the generated alkaline substance has a large catalyst effect, the sensitivity of the appearance as a resin composition is improved. From the viewpoint of the catalyst effect, fluorene and aliphatic amine groups are preferred.

光鹼產生劑係於結構中不包含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳。於光鹼產生劑中產生之鹼部分的氮原子上無電荷為較佳。光鹼產生劑中,所產生之鹼藉由使用共價鍵而被潛在化為較佳,鹼的產生機構係和與所產生之鹼部分的氮原子相鄰之原子之間的共價鍵被切斷而產生鹼之化合物為更佳。若為於結構中不包含鹽之光鹼產生劑,則能夠將光鹼產生劑中性化,因此溶劑溶解性良好,且適用期得以提高。從該種理由考慮,由本發明中所使用之光鹼產生劑產生之胺為1級胺或2級胺為較佳。The photobase generator is preferably a photobase generator that does not include a salt in the structure. It is preferable that the nitrogen atom in the alkali portion generated in the photobase generator has no charge. In the photobase generator, the generated base is potentially made better by using a covalent bond, and the covalent bond between the base generating mechanism and the atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom of the generated base portion is Compounds which are cleaved to produce a base are more preferred. If the photobase generator does not contain a salt in the structure, the photobase generator can be neutralized, so the solvent solubility is good, and the pot life is improved. For this reason, it is preferable that the amine generated from the photobase generator used in the present invention is a primary amine or a secondary amine.

又,從如上述那樣的理由考慮,光鹼產生劑中,如前述那樣產生之鹼使用共價鍵而被潛在化為較佳。又,所產生之鹼使用醯胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、肟鍵而被潛在化為更佳。In addition, for the reasons described above, it is preferable that the base generated as described above is potentially converted to a covalent bond in the photobase generator. Further, the generated base is more preferably converted to a amide bond, a urethane bond, or an oxime bond.

作為光鹼產生劑,還能夠使用日本特開2009-80452號公報及國際公開WO2009/123122號中所記載之具有肉桂酸醯胺結構之光鹼產生劑、日本特開2006-189591號公報及日本特開2008-247747號公報中所記載之具有胺基甲酸酯結構之光鹼產生劑、日本特開2007-249013號公報及日本特開2008-003581號公報中所記載之具有肟酯結構、胺甲醯肟結構之光鹼產生劑。As the photobase generator, a photobase generator having a cinnamic acid ammonium structure described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-80452 and International Publication WO2009 / 123122, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-189591, and Japan can also be used. A photobase generator having a carbamate structure described in JP 2008-247747, a oxime ester structure described in JP 2007-249013 and JP 2008-003581, Photobase generator of carbamoxime structure.

除此以外,作為光鹼產生劑,可列舉日本特開2012-93746號公報的0185~0188、0199~0200及0202段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-194205號公報的0022~0069段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-204019號公報的0026~0074段中所記載之化合物、以及WO2010/064631號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物。In addition, examples of the photobase generator include compounds described in paragraphs 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200, and 0202 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-93746, and paragraphs 0022 to 0069 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-194205. Compounds described in paragraphs, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0074 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-204019, and compounds described in paragraph 0052 of WO2010 / 064631.

<<熱鹼產生劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含熱鹼產生劑。作為熱鹼產生劑,包含選自加熱至40℃以上時產生鹼之酸性化合物(A1)及具有pKa1的0~4的陰離子和銨陽離子之銨鹽(A2)中之至少一種為較佳。在此,pKa1表示多元酸的第一質子的解離常數(Ka)的對數顯示(-Log10 Ka)。 上述酸性化合物(A1)及上述銨鹽(A2)為加熱時產生鹼者,因此能夠藉由由該些化合物產生之鹼而促進聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化反應,且能夠於低溫下進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化。又,關於該些化合物,即使與藉由鹼而環化並硬化之聚醯亞胺前驅物等共存,若不加熱則聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化幾乎不進行,因此能夠製備保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物。 此外,於本說明書中,酸性化合物是指,使用pH計,於20℃對如下溶液進行測定之pH值小於7之化合物,該溶液為將1g化合物採集到容器,添加50mL的離子交換水與四氫呋喃的混合液(質量比為水/四氫呋喃=1/4)而於室溫下攪拌1小時而得到之溶液。<<< Thermal alkali generator> The resin composition in this invention may contain a thermal alkali generator. The hot alkali generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) of an anion and ammonium cation having pKa1 of 0 to 4. Here, pKa1 represents the logarithmic display (-Log 10 Ka) of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polyacid. The acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) are those that generate a base upon heating. Therefore, the cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor and the like can be promoted by the base generated from these compounds, and can be used at low temperatures. Cyclization of polyimide precursors and the like is performed. Moreover, even if these compounds coexist with polyimide precursors and the like which are cyclized and hardened by an alkali, cyclization of polyimide precursors and the like hardly proceed without heating, so that they can be prepared and stored stably. Resin composition with excellent properties. In addition, in the present specification, an acidic compound refers to a compound having a pH value of less than 7 measured at 20 ° C using a pH meter. The solution is obtained by collecting 1 g of the compound into a container, and adding 50 mL of ion-exchanged water and tetrahydrofuran. The mixed solution (mass ratio: water / tetrahydrofuran = 1/4) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to obtain a solution.

酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度係40℃以上為較佳,120~200℃為更佳。鹼產生溫度的上限係190℃以下為更佳,180℃以下為進一步較佳,165℃以下為進一步較佳。鹼產生溫度的下限係130℃以上為更佳,135℃以上為進一步較佳。 若酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度為120℃以上,則於保存中不易產生鹼,因此能夠製備穩定性優異之樹脂組成物。若酸性化合物(A1)及銨鹽(A2)的鹼產生溫度為200℃以下,則能夠降低聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化溫度。鹼產生溫度例如能夠如下測定,亦即利用差示掃描量熱法,於耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘將化合物加熱至250℃,並讀取最低溫度的發熱峰值的峰值溫度,且將峰值溫度作為鹼產生溫度。The alkali generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40 ° C or higher, and more preferably 120 to 200 ° C. The upper limit of the alkali generation temperature is more preferably 190 ° C or lower, more preferably 180 ° C or lower, and even more preferably 165 ° C or lower. The lower limit of the alkali generation temperature is more preferably 130 ° C or more, and more preferably 135 ° C or more. If the alkali generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120 ° C or higher, it is difficult to generate an alkali during storage, so that a resin composition having excellent stability can be prepared. When the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 200 ° C or lower, the cyclization temperature of the polyfluorene imide precursor and the like can be reduced. The alkali generation temperature can be measured, for example, by using differential scanning calorimetry to heat the compound to 250 ° C at 5 ° C / min in a pressure-resistant capsule, and read the peak temperature of the lowest temperature exothermic peak, and The temperature is taken as the alkali generation temperature.

藉由熱鹼產生劑而產生之鹼係2級胺或3級胺為較佳,3級胺為更佳。3級胺的鹼性高,因此能夠進一步降低聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化溫度。又,藉由熱鹼產生劑而產生之鹼的沸點係80℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為最佳。又,所產生之鹼的分子量係80~2000為較佳。下限係100以上為更佳。上限係500以下為更佳。此外,分子量的值係依結構式求出之理論值。The alkali-based secondary amine or tertiary amine generated by the hot alkali generator is more preferable, and the tertiary amine is more preferable. Tertiary amines have high basicity, and therefore can further reduce the cyclization temperature of polyimide precursors and the like. The boiling point of the alkali generated by the hot alkali generator is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher, and most preferably 140 ° C or higher. The molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2,000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is preferably 500 or less. In addition, the molecular weight value is a theoretical value calculated | required from a structural formula.

上述酸性化合物(A1)包含選自銨鹽及由後述式(A1)表示之化合物中之一種以上為較佳。The acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from an ammonium salt and a compound represented by the formula (A1) described later.

上述銨鹽(A2)係酸性化合物為較佳。此外,上述銨鹽(A2)可以是包含加熱至40℃以上(較佳為120~200℃)時產生鹼之酸性化合物之化合物,亦可以是除加熱至40℃以上(較佳為120~200℃)時產生鹼之酸性化合物以外的化合物。The ammonium salt (A2) -based acidic compound is preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C), or may be a compound other than heated to 40 ° C or higher (preferably 120 to 200) ℃) to produce compounds other than the acidic compounds of the base.

本發明中,銨鹽是指由下述式(101)、或式(102)表示之銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。陰離子可以經由共價鍵而與銨陽離子的任意一部分鍵結,亦可以於銨陽離子的分子外具有,於銨陽離子的分子外具有為較佳。此外,於銨陽離子的分子外具有陰離子是指,銨陽離子與陰離子未經由共價鍵而鍵結之情況。以下,將陽離子部的分子外的陰離子稱為抗衡陰離子。 [化學式20]上述式中,R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,式R7 表示烴基。R1 與R2 、R3 與R4 、R5 與R6 、R5 與R7 可以分別鍵結而形成環。In the present invention, the ammonium salt refers to a salt of an ammonium cation and an anion represented by the following formula (101) or formula (102). The anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation through a covalent bond, and may also be provided outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, and it is preferably provided outside the molecule of the ammonium cation. In addition, having an anion outside the molecule of the ammonium cation means a case where the ammonium cation and the anion are not bonded by a covalent bond. Hereinafter, the anion outside the molecule of the cation part is called a counter anion. [Chemical Formula 20] In the above formula, R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the formula R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group. R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , R 5 and R 7 may be bonded to form a ring, respectively.

本發明中,銨鹽具有pKa1為0~4的陰離子和銨陽離子為較佳。陰離子的pKa1的上限係3.5以下為更佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳。下限係0.5以上為更佳,1.0以上為進一步較佳。若陰離子的pKa1為上述範圍,則能夠於低溫下使聚醯亞胺前驅物等環化,進而能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。若pKa1為4以下,則熱鹼產生劑的穩定性良好,能夠抑制未加熱而產生鹼之情況,且樹脂組成物的穩定性良好。若pKa1為0以上,則所產生之鹼不易中和,且聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化效率良好。 陰離子的種類係選自羧酸根陰離子、苯酚陰離子、磷酸根陰離子及硫酸根陰離子中之一種為較佳,從兼備鹽的穩定性和熱分解性之理由考慮,羧酸根陰離子為更佳。亦即,銨鹽係銨陽離子與羧酸根陰離子的鹽為更佳。 羧酸根陰離子係具有兩個以上的羧基的2價以上的羧酸的陰離子為較佳,2價羧酸的陰離子為更佳。依該態樣,能夠設為能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性之熱鹼產生劑。尤其,藉由使用2價羧酸的陰離子,能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。 本發明中,羧酸根陰離子係pKa1為4以下的羧酸的陰離子為較佳。pKa1係3.5以下為更佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳。依該態樣,能夠進一步提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。 其中,pKa1表示酸的第一解離常數的倒數的對數,且能夠參閱Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(有機結構的物理鑑定法)(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.;編輯:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.;Academic Press, New York, 1955)、和Data for Biochemical Research(有機結構的物理鑑定法)(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al;Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)中所記載之值。關於未記載於該些文獻中之化合物,使用利用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並依結構式所計算出之值。In the present invention, it is preferable that the ammonium salt has an anion and an ammonium cation having a pKa1 of 0 to 4. The upper limit of the pKa1 of the anion is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5 or more, and more preferably 1.0 or more. When the pKa1 of the anion is within the above range, the polyfluorene imide precursor and the like can be cyclized at a low temperature, and the stability of the resin composition can be improved. When pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the hot alkali generator is good, the generation of alkali without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the resin composition is good. When pKa1 is 0 or more, the generated base is not easily neutralized, and the cyclization efficiency of the polyfluorene imide precursor and the like is good. The type of the anion is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion, and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable from the viewpoint of having both the stability of a salt and the thermal decomposition property. That is, an ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion. The carboxylate anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid. According to this aspect, it can be set as the hot alkali generator which can further improve the stability, hardenability, and developability of a resin composition. In particular, by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid, the stability, curability, and developability of the resin composition can be further improved. In the present invention, an anion of a carboxylic acid having a carboxylate anion-based pKa1 of 4 or less is preferred. pKa1 is preferably 3.5 or less, and more preferably 3.2 or less. According to this aspect, the stability of the resin composition can be further improved. Among them, pKa1 represents the logarithm of the inverse of the first dissociation constant of the acid, and can refer to Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (Author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, DH, Hafliger, O., Nachod , FC; Editors: Braude, EA, Nachod, FC; Academic Press, New York, 1955), and Data for Biochemical Research (Physical Identification of Organic Structures) (Author: Dawson, RMCet al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959 ). For compounds not described in these documents, the values calculated by the structural formula using software using ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) were used.

本發明中,羧酸根陰離子由下述式(X1)表示為較佳。 [化學式21]式(X1)中,EWG表示吸電子基。In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1). [Chemical Formula 21] In the formula (X1), EWG represents an electron withdrawing group.

本發明中,吸電子基是指,哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數σm表示正值者。其中,σm於都野雄甫的總論、“有機合成化學協會誌”第23卷第8號(1965)631-642頁中有詳細說明。此外,本發明的吸電子基並不限定於上述文獻中所記載之取代基。 作為σm表示正值之取代基的例,例如可列舉CF3 基(σm=0.43)、CF3 CO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2 =CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、H2 NCOCH2 基(σm=0.06)等。此外,Me表示甲基,Ac表示乙醯基,Ph表示苯基。In the present invention, the electron-withdrawing group means that the substituent constant σm of Hammett represents a positive value. Among them, σm Yu Tatsuo's general theory, "The Journal of the Society of Organic Synthetic Chemistry" Vol. 23 No. 8 (1965) pages 631-642 are described in detail. The electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the aforementioned documents. Examples of substituents in which σm represents a positive value include CF 3 group (σm = 0.43), CF 3 CO group (σm = 0.63), HC≡C group (σm = 0.21), and CH 2 = CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOCO group (σm = 0.37), MeCOCH = CH group (σm = 0.21), PhCO group (σm = 0.34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σm = 0.06), etc. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an ethenyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本發明中,EWG係由下述式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式22]式中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、羥基或羧基,Ar表示芳基。In the present invention, EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulae (EWG-1) to (EWG-6). [Chemical Formula 22] In the formula, R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

本發明中,羧酸根陰離子係由下述式(X)表示者亦為較佳。 [化學式23]式(X)中,L10 表示單鍵或選自伸烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基、-NRX -及它們的組合中之2價連結基,RX 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基。In the present invention, it is also preferable that the carboxylate anion is represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical Formula 23] In the formula (X), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an arylene group, -NR X- , and a combination thereof, and R X represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, Alkenyl or aryl.

作為羧酸根陰離子的具體例,可列舉馬來酸根陰離子、鄰苯二甲酸根陰離子、N-苯基亞胺基二乙酸根陰離子及草酸根陰離子。能夠較佳地使用該些。Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenylimide diacetate anion, and an oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.

銨陽離子由下述通式(Y1-1)~(Y1-6)中的任一個表示為較佳。 [化學式24] The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following general formulae (Y1-1) to (Y1-6). [Chemical Formula 24]

於上述通式中,R101 表示n價有機基, R102 ~R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基, R150 及R151 分別獨立地表示烴基, R104 與R105 、R104 與R150 、R107 與R108 及R109 與R110 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基, n表示1以上的整數, m表示0~5的整數。In the above general formula, R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 102 to R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 R 107 and R 108 and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5.

R104 與R105 、R104 與R150 、R107 與R108 及R109 與R110 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為環,可列舉脂肪族環(非芳香性烴環)、芳香環、雜環等。環可以是單環,亦可以是多環。作為由上述基團鍵結而形成環時的連結基,可列舉選自包含-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價脂肪族基、2價芳基及它們的組合之組中之2價連結基。作為所形成之環的具體例,例如可列舉吡咯啶環、吡咯環、哌啶環、吡啶環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、嗎啉環、噻嗪環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹噁啉環、噌啉環、咔唑環等。R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108, and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include an aliphatic ring (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic ring. Rings can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the linking group when a ring is formed by the above-mentioned group bonding include a group selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aryl group, and combinations thereof. 2-valent link base. Specific examples of the formed ring include a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrrole ring, a piperidine ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, and a thiazine. Ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, perylene ring, carbazole ring, and the like.

本發明中,銨陽離子係由式(Y1-1)或式(Y1-2)表示之結構為較佳,由式(Y1-1)或式(Y1-2)表示,且R101 係芳基之結構為更佳,由式(Y1-1)表示,且R101 係芳基之結構為特佳。亦即,本發明中,銨陽離子由下述式(Y)表示為更佳。 [化學式25]式(Y)中,Ar10 表示芳香族基,R11 ~R15 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R14 與R15 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,n表示1以上的整數。In the present invention, the ammonium cation is preferably a structure represented by formula (Y1-1) or formula (Y1-2), is represented by formula (Y1-1) or formula (Y1-2), and R 101 is an aryl group The structure is more preferable, which is represented by formula (Y1-1), and the structure of the R 101- based aryl group is particularly preferable. That is, in the present invention, the ammonium cation is more preferably represented by the following formula (Y). [Chemical Formula 25] In formula (Y), Ar 10 represents an aromatic group, R 11 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.

R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。作為烴基,並無特別限定,烷基、烯基或芳基為較佳。 R11 及R12 係氫原子為較佳。R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group is preferred. R 11 and R 12 are more preferably a hydrogen atom.

R13 ~R15 表示氫原子或烴基。 作為烴基,可列舉以上述R11 、R12 進行說明之烴基。R13 ~R15 尤其係烷基為較佳,較佳的態樣亦與以R11 、R12 進行說明者相同。R 13 to R 15 each represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include the hydrocarbon groups described with reference to R 11 and R 12 . R 13 to R 15 are particularly preferably an alkyl group, and the preferred aspects are the same as those described with R 11 and R 12 .

R14 與R15 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為環,可列舉環狀脂肪族(非芳香性烴環)、芳香環、雜環等。環可以是單環,亦可以是多環。作為R14 與R15 鍵結而形成環時的連結基,可列舉選自包括-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2價脂肪族基、2價芳香族基及它們的組合之組中之2價連結基。作為所形成之環的具體例,例如可列舉吡咯啶環、吡咯環、哌啶環、吡啶環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡嗪環、嗎啉環、噻嗪環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹噁啉環、噌啉環、咔唑環等。R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include a cyclic aliphatic (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic ring. Rings can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the linking group when R 14 and R 15 are bonded to form a ring include a group selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aromatic group, and combinations thereof. The bivalent link base. Specific examples of the formed ring include a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrrole ring, a piperidine ring, a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, and a thiazine. Ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, perylene ring, carbazole ring, and the like.

R13 ~R15 中,R14 與R15 彼此鍵結而形成環,或者R13 為碳數5~30(更佳為碳數6~18)的直鏈烷基,R14 及R15 分別獨立地係碳數1~3(更佳為碳數1或2)的烷基為較佳。依該態樣,能夠輕鬆地產生沸點高的胺種。 又,從所產生之胺種的鹼性或沸點的觀點考慮、R13 、R14 及R15 的碳原子的總數係7~30為較佳,10~20為更佳。 又,從容易產生沸點高的胺種之理由考慮,式(Y)中的“-NR13 R14 R15 ”的化學式量係80~2000為較佳,100~500為更佳。Among R 13 to R 15 , R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 13 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms), and R 14 and R 15 are respectively An alkyl group independently having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms) is preferred. According to this aspect, it is possible to easily produce amine species having a high boiling point. From the viewpoint of the basicity or boiling point of the amine species to be generated, the total number of carbon atoms of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 10 to 20. In addition, from the reason that amine species having a high boiling point are easily generated, the amount of the chemical formula of "-NR 13 R 14 R 15 " in the formula (Y) is preferably 80 to 2000, and more preferably 100 to 500.

又,作為用於進一步提高與銅等的金屬層的黏合性之實施形態,可列舉於式(Y)中,R13 及R14 為甲基或乙基,R15 為碳數5以上的直鏈、分支或環狀烷基,為芳基之形態。R13 及R14 為甲基,R15 為碳數5~20的直鏈烷基、碳數6~17的分支烷基、碳數6~10的環狀烷基或苯基為較佳,R13 及R14 為甲基,R15 為碳數5~10的直鏈烷基、碳數6~10的分支烷基、碳數6~8的環狀烷基或苯基為更佳。藉由如此降低胺種的疏水性,即使將胺黏附於銅等金屬層上之情況下,亦能夠提高金屬層與聚醯亞胺等的親和性。Further, as an embodiment for further improving the adhesion with a metal layer such as copper, in the formula (Y), R 13 and R 14 are methyl or ethyl groups, and R 15 is a direct group having 5 or more carbon atoms. A chain, branch, or cyclic alkyl group is in the form of an aryl group. R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, and R 15 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. By reducing the hydrophobicity of the amine species in this way, even when the amine is adhered to a metal layer such as copper, the affinity between the metal layer and polyfluorene is improved.

本發明中,酸性化合物係由下述式(A1)表示之化合物亦為較佳。該化合物於室溫下為酸性,且藉由加熱而羧基會脫碳酸或脱水環化而消失,藉此,之前得到中和而鈍化之胺部位變成活性,由此變成鹼性。以下,對式(A1)進行說明。In the present invention, an acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A1). The compound is acidic at room temperature, and the carboxyl group is decarbonated or dehydrated and cyclized by heating to disappear, whereby the previously neutralized and passivated amine site becomes active, thereby becoming alkaline. Expression (A1) will be described below.

式(A1) [化學式26]於式(A1)中,A1 表示p價有機基,R1 表示1價有機基,L1 表示(m+1)價連結基,m表示1以上的整數,p表示1以上的整數。Formula (A1) [Chemical Formula 26] In Formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, R 1 represents a mono-valent organic group, L 1 represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and p represents an integer of 1 or more.

式(A1)中,A1 表示p價有機基。作為有機基,可列舉脂肪族基、芳香族基等,芳香族基為較佳。藉由將A1 設為芳香族基,能夠輕鬆地於更低的溫度下產生沸點高的鹼。藉由提高所產生之鹼的沸點,能夠抑制聚醯亞胺前驅物等於硬化時因加熱而揮發或分解,且更加有效地進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化。 作為1價脂肪族基,例如可列舉烷基、烯基等。 烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。烷基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為烷基的具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、金剛烷基等。 烯基的碳數係2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~10為進一步較佳。烯基可以是直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一種。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為烯基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基等。 作為2價以上的脂肪族基,可列舉從上述1價脂肪族基去除一個氫原子而成之基團。 芳香族基可以是單環,亦可以是多環。芳香族基可以是包含雜原子之芳香族雜環基。芳香族基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。未經取代為較佳。作為芳香族基的具體例,可列舉苯環基、萘環基、戊搭烯環基、茚環基、薁環基、庚搭烯環基、茚烯環基、苝環基、稠五苯環基、苊烯環基、菲環基、蒽環基、稠四苯環基、䓛環基、三伸苯環基、茀環基、聯苯環基、吡咯環基、呋喃環基、噻吩環基、咪唑環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、嘧啶環基、噠嗪環基、吲哚嗪環基、吲哚環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并噻吩環基、異苯并呋喃環基、喹嗪環基、喹啉環基、酞嗪環基、萘啶環基、喹噁啉環基、喹噁唑啉環基、異喹啉環基、咔唑環基、啡啶環基、吖啶環基、啡啉環基、噻蒽環基、苯并吡喃環基、呫噸環基、啡噁噻環基、啡噻嗪環基及啡嗪環基,苯環基為最佳。 芳香族基還可以使複數個芳香環經由單鍵或後述的連結基而連結。作為連結基,例如伸烷基為較佳。伸烷基為直鏈、分支中的任一種亦為較佳。作為由複數個芳香環經由單鍵或連結基而連結之基團的具體例,可列舉聯苯基、二苯基甲烷基、二苯基丙烷基、二苯基異丙烷基、三苯基甲烷基、四苯基甲烷基等。In the formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group. Examples of the organic group include an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. An aromatic group is preferred. By making A 1 an aromatic group, a base with a high boiling point can be easily produced at a lower temperature. By increasing the boiling point of the generated base, the polyimide precursor can be suppressed from being volatilized or decomposed by heating during hardening, and the cyclization of the polyimide precursor can be performed more effectively. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, and even more preferably from 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, third butyl, dodecyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and adamantyl. The carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and even more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and a (meth) allyl group. Examples of the divalent or higher aliphatic group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the monovalent aliphatic group. The aromatic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aromatic group may be an aromatic heterocyclic group containing a hetero atom. The aromatic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Unsubstituted is better. Specific examples of the aromatic group include a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, a pentalene ring group, an indenyl ring group, a fluorenyl ring group, a heptene ring group, an indenene ring group, a fluorenyl ring group, and a condensed pentaphenyl group. Ring group, pinene ring group, phenanthrene ring group, anthracene ring group, fused tetraphenyl ring group, fluorene ring group, triphenylene ring group, fluorene ring group, biphenyl ring group, pyrrole ring group, furan ring group, thiophene Ring group, imidazole ring group, oxazole ring group, thiazole ring group, pyridine ring group, pyrazine ring group, pyrimidine ring group, pyridazine ring group, indazine ring group, indole ring group, benzofuran ring group , Benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinazine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline Ring group, carbazole ring group, morphinyl ring group, acridine ring group, phenanthroline ring group, thienthyl ring group, benzopyran ring group, xanthene ring group, phenoxaline group, phenothiazine ring And phenazine ring, benzene ring is the best. The aromatic group may have a plurality of aromatic rings connected via a single bond or a linking group described later. As the linking group, for example, an alkylene group is preferred. It is also preferable that the alkylene group is any of a linear chain and a branch. Specific examples of the group in which a plurality of aromatic rings are connected via a single bond or a linking group include biphenyl, diphenylmethane, diphenylpropane, diphenylisopropyl, and triphenylmethane. Group, tetraphenylmethane and the like.

作為可以具有由A1 表示之有機基之取代基的例,例如可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧基、乙氧基及第三丁氧基等烷氧基;苯氧基及對甲苯氧基等芳氧基;甲氧基羰基及丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基;苯氧基羰基等芳氧基羰基;乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基等醯氧基;乙醯基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及甲氧草醯基等醯基;甲基巰基及第三丁基巰基等烷基巰基;苯基巰基及對甲苯基巰基等芳基巰基;甲基、乙基、第三丁基及十二烷基等烷基;氟化烷基等鹵化烷基;環戊基、環己基、環庚基及金剛烷基等環烷基;苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、枯烯基、萘基、蒽基及菲基等芳基;羥基;羧基;甲醯基;磺基;氰基;烷基胺基羰基;芳基胺基羰基;磺醯胺基;矽烷基;胺基;單烷基胺基;二烷基胺基;芳基胺基;二芳基胺基;硫氧基;或它們的組合。Examples of the substituent which may have an organic group represented by A 1 include halogen atoms such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom; and alkoxy groups such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a third butoxy group. Aryloxy groups such as phenoxy and p-tolyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl and butoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl; ethoxyl, propyloxy, and Benzyloxy, such as benzyloxy; ethynyl, benzyl, isobutylfluorenyl, acrylfluorenyl, methacryl, and methoxysulfenyl; methylmercapto and tertiary butylmercapto Alkyl mercapto groups; aryl mercapto groups such as phenyl mercapto and p-tolyl mercapto; alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, third butyl, and dodecyl; halogenated alkyl groups such as fluorinated alkyl; cyclopentyl, Cycloalkyl groups such as cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and adamantyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl; hydroxyl; carboxyl; Sulfo; cyano; alkylaminocarbonyl; arylaminocarbonyl; sulfoamido; silyl; amino; monoalkylamino; dialkylamino; aryl Group; diaryl group; sulfoxy; or combinations thereof.

L1 表示(m+1)價連結基。作為連結基,並無特別限定,能夠列舉-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的直鏈或分支伸烷基)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~10的伸環烷基)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數210的直鏈或分支伸烯基)或將它們連結複數個而成之連結基等。連結基的總碳數係3以下為較佳。連結基係伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基為較佳,直鏈或分支伸烷基為更佳,直鏈伸烷基為進一步較佳,伸乙基或亞甲基為特佳,亞甲基為最佳。L 1 represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group. The linking group is not particularly limited, and examples include -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , and alkylene (preferably having 1 carbon number) ~ 10 straight or branched alkylene), cycloalkyl (preferably a cycloalkyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably a linear or branched alkylene having 210 carbon atoms) ) Or a linking base formed by connecting a plurality of them. The total carbon number of the linking group is preferably 3 or less. The linking group is preferably alkylene, cycloalkylene, or alkylene, linear or branched alkylene is more preferred, linear alkylene is further preferred, or ethylene or methylene is particularly preferred. Methylene is the best.

R1 表示1價有機基。作為1價有機基,可列舉脂肪族基、芳香族基等。關於脂肪族基、芳香族基,可列舉以上述A1 進行說明者。由R1 表示之1價有機基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉上述者。 R1 係具有羧基之基團為較佳。亦即,R1 係由下述式表示之基團為較佳。 -L2 -(COOH)n 式中,L2 表示(n+1)價連結基,n表示1以上的整數。 關於由L2 表示之連結基,可列舉以上述L1 進行說明之基團,較佳範圍亦相同,伸乙基或亞甲基為特佳,亞甲基為最佳。 n表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。n的上限係由L2 表示之連結基可採用之取代基的最大數。若n為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。進而,能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。R 1 represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. Examples of the aliphatic group and the aromatic group include those described above with reference to A 1 . The monovalent organic group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above. R 1 is preferably a group having a carboxyl group. That is, R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula. -L 2 - (COOH) n in the formula, L 2 represents a (n + 1) divalent linking group, n represents an integer of 1 or more. Regarding the linking group represented by L 2 , the groups described above with reference to L 1 may be mentioned, and the preferred ranges are also the same. Ethylene or methylene is particularly preferred, and methylene is most preferred. n represents an integer of 1 or more, 1 or 2 is preferable, and 1 is more preferable. The upper limit of n is the maximum number of substituents which can be adopted for the linking group represented by L 2 . When n is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is easily generated by heating at 200 ° C or lower. Furthermore, the stability of a resin composition can be improved.

m表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。m的上限係由L1 表示之連結基可採用之取代基的最大數。若m為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。進而,能夠提高樹脂組成物的穩定性。 p表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。p的上限係由A1 表示之有機基可採用之取代基的最大數。若p為1,則藉由200℃以下的加熱,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。m represents an integer of 1 or more, 1 or 2 is preferable, and 1 is more preferable. The upper limit of m is the maximum number of substituents that the linking group represented by L 1 can adopt. When m is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is easily generated by heating at 200 ° C or lower. Furthermore, the stability of a resin composition can be improved. p represents an integer of 1 or more, 1 or 2 is preferable, and 1 is more preferable. The upper limit of p is the maximum number of substituents that can be used for the organic group represented by A 1 . When p is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is easily generated by heating at 200 ° C or lower.

本發明中,式(A1)表示之化合物係下述式(1a)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式27]式(1a)中,A1 表示p價有機基,L1 表示(m+1)價連結基,L2 表示(n+1)價連結基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,p表示1以上的整數。 通式(1a)的A1 、L1 、L2 、m、n及p的定義與以通式(A1)進行說明之範圍相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (A1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1a). [Chemical Formula 27] In formula (1a), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, L 1 represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group, L 2 represents a (n + 1) -valent linking group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. Integer, p represents an integer of 1 or more. The definitions of A 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the general formula (1a) are the same as those described in the general formula (A1), and the preferable ranges are also the same.

本發明中,由式(A1)表示之化合物係N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸為較佳。N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸係通式(A1)中的A1 為芳香族基,L1 及L2 為亞甲基,m為1,n為1,p為1之化合物。N-芳基亞胺基二乙酸於120~200℃下,容易產生沸點高的3級胺。In the present invention, the compound represented by the formula (A1) is preferably N-aryliminodiacetic acid. N-aryliminodiacetic acid is a compound in which A 1 in the general formula (A1) is an aromatic group, L 1 and L 2 are a methylene group, m is 1, n is 1, and p is 1. N-aryliminodiacetic acid easily produces tertiary amines with a high boiling point at 120-200 ° C.

以下,記載熱鹼產生劑的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。該些可以能夠分別單獨使用或混合使用兩種以上。以下式中的Me表示甲基。以下所示之化合物中的(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)、(A-19)係由上述式(A1)表示之化合物。以下所示之化合物中,(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)~(A-26)為更佳,(A-1)~(A-9)、(A-18)~(A-21)、(A-23)、(A-24)為進一步較佳。Hereinafter, specific examples of the hot alkali generator are described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. These may be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types. Me in the following formula represents a methyl group. Among the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18), and (A-19) are compounds represented by the above formula (A1). Among the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18) to (A-26) are more preferable, and (A-1) to (A-9), (A-18) ) ~ (A-21), (A-23), (A-24) are further preferred.

[表1] [Table 1]

[表2] [表3] [表4] [表5] [Table 2] [table 3] [Table 4] [table 5]

作為本發明中所使用之熱鹼產生劑,還可較佳地使用日本專利申請2015-034388號說明書的0015~0055段中所記載之化合物,並將該些內容編入本說明書中。As the hot alkali generator used in the present invention, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0055 of the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 can also be preferably used and incorporated into this specification.

當使用熱鹼產生劑時,樹脂組成物中的熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。 熱鹼產生劑能夠使用一種或兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,合計量係上述範圍為較佳。When a hot alkali generator is used, the content of the hot alkali generator in the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. As the hot alkali generator, one kind or two or more kinds can be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

<<熱自由基聚合起始劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,能夠使用公知的熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱能而產生自由基,且引發或促進聚合性化合物的等的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,於進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化反應時,能夠進行聚合性化合物等的聚合反應。又,當聚醯亞胺前驅物包含自由基聚合性基時,能夠與聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化同時進行聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚合反應,因此能夠實現更高的耐熱化。 作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,可列舉芳香族酮類、鎓鹽化合物、過氧化物、硫化合物、六芳基聯咪唑化合物、酮肟酯化合物、硼酸鹽化合物、吖嗪鎓化合物、茂金屬化合物、活性酯化合物、具有碳鹵素鍵之化合物、偶氮類化合物等。其中,過氧化物或偶氮類化合物為更佳,過氧化物為特佳。 本發明中所使用之熱自由基聚合起始劑的10小時半衰期溫度係90~130℃為較佳,100~120℃為更佳。 具體而言,可列舉日本特開2008-63554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物。 市售品中,能夠較佳地使用PERBUTYL Z及PERCUMYL D(NOF CORPORATION.製)。<<< Thermal radical polymerization initiator> The resin composition in this invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the thermal radical polymerization initiator, a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a radical by thermal energy and initiates or accelerates a polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, when a cyclization reaction such as a polyfluorene imide precursor is performed, a polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable compound can be performed. When the polyfluorene imide precursor contains a radical polymerizable group, the polymerization reaction of the polyfluorene imide precursor can be performed simultaneously with the cyclization of the polyfluorene imide precursor, and therefore, higher heat resistance can be achieved. Examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, sulfur compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azineium compounds, and metallocenes Compounds, active ester compounds, compounds having carbon-halogen bonds, azo compounds, and the like. Among them, a peroxide or an azo compound is more preferable, and a peroxide is particularly preferable. The 10-hour half-life temperature of the thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention is preferably 90 to 130 ° C, and more preferably 100 to 120 ° C. Specifically, the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-63554 can be cited. Among commercially available products, PERBUTYL Z and PERCUMYL D (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.) Can be preferably used.

當樹脂組成物含有熱自由基聚合起始劑時,熱自由基聚合起始劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~50質量%為較佳,0.1~30質量%為更佳,0.1~20質量%為特佳。又,相對於聚合性化合物100質量份,包含0.1~50質量份的熱自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,包含0.5~30質量份為更佳。依該態樣,容易形成耐熱性更優異之硬化膜。熱自由基聚合起始劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當熱自由基聚合起始劑為兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. 0.1 to 20% by mass is particularly preferred. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound, and more preferably contained in an amount of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass. According to this aspect, a cured film having more excellent heat resistance is easily formed. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators, it is preferable that the total is in the above range.

<<防鏽劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物中含有防鏽劑為較佳。樹脂組成物包含防鏽劑,藉此能夠有效地抑制劑源自金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子向樹脂組成物層內移動。作為防鏽劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-15701號公報的0094段中所記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-59656號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116及0118段中所記載之化合物等。具體而言,可列舉具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異噁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、噠嗪環、嘧啶環、吡嗪環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三嗪環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及巰基之化合物、受阻酚類化合物、水楊酸衍生物類化合物、醯肼衍生物類化合物。其中,三唑、苯并三唑等三唑類化合物、四唑、苯并四唑等四唑類化合物為較佳,1,2,4-三唑、1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-甲基-1H-苯并三唑、1H-四唑、5-甲基-1H-四唑、5-苯基-四唑為更佳,1H-四唑為最佳。作為市售品,可列舉KEMITEC BT-C(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製,1,2,3-苯并三唑)、1HT(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製,1H-四唑)、P5T(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製、5-苯基-1H-四唑)等。又,使用KEMINOX 179(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD製)亦為較佳。<<< Antirust agent> It is preferable that the resin composition in this invention contains an antirust agent. The resin composition contains a rust inhibitor, thereby effectively inhibiting metal ions originating from the metal layer (metal wiring) from moving into the resin composition layer. As the rust inhibitor, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-15701, the compound described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-283711, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011- Compounds described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent No. 59656, compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116, and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-194520. Specific examples include a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine). Compounds such as hydrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and thiol groups, Hindered phenolic compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, hydrazine derivative compounds. Among them, triazole compounds such as triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as tetrazole and benzotetrazole are preferred, and 1,2,4-triazole and 1,2,3-benzotriazole 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyl-tetrazole are more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is most preferred. Examples of commercially available products include KEMITEC BT-C (made by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD, 1,2,3-benzotriazole), 1HT (made by TOYOBO CO., LTD., 1H-tetrazole), and P5T (TOYOBO CO., LTD., 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole). It is also preferable to use KEMINOX 179 (manufactured by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA, LTD).

當樹脂組成物含有防鏽劑時,防鏽劑的含量相對於樹脂100質量份係0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.2~5質量份為更佳。防鏽劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a rust preventive agent, the content of the rust preventive agent is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin, and more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by mass. The rust inhibitor may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total is in the above range.

<<矽烷耦合劑> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的黏接性之矽烷耦合劑為較佳。作為矽烷耦合劑的例,可列舉日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載之化合物、國際公開WO2011/080992A1號的0063~0071段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-41264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載之化合物、國際公開WO2014/097594號的0055段中所記載之化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的兩種以上的矽烷耦合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷耦合劑使用2-((3-(三乙氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)胺基甲醯基)苯甲酸、三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基馬來醯胺酸、下述化合物亦為較佳。以下的式中,Et表示乙基。作為市售品,還能夠使用KBM-602(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷)等。 [化學式28] << Silane coupling agent It is preferable that the resin composition in the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent for improving the adhesion with a metal material used for an electrode, a wiring, or the like. Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication WO2011 / 080992A1, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014- The compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of 191252, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-41264, and the compounds described in paragraph 0055 of international publication WO2014 / 097594. As described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-128358, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. As the silane coupling agent, 2-((3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) aminomethylamido) benzoic acid, triethoxysilylpropylmaleic acid, and the following Compounds are also preferred. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group. As a commercially available product, KBM-602 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane) and the like can also be used. [Chemical Formula 28]

矽烷耦合劑相對於樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍。藉由將矽烷耦合劑的含量設為0.1質量份以上,與可得到之膜的金屬層的黏接性變良好,且藉由將矽烷耦合劑的含量設為30質量份以下,與可得到之膜的耐熱性、物理特性變良好。矽烷耦合劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當使用兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。The silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 15 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin. By setting the content of the silane coupling agent to 0.1 parts by mass or more, the adhesion to the metal layer of the obtainable film is improved, and by setting the content of the silane coupling agent to 30 parts by mass or less, The film has good heat resistance and physical properties. The silane coupling agent may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total is in the above range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明中,當藉由塗佈而將樹脂組成物形成為層狀時,對樹脂組成物調合溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。例如,可列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類、亞碸類等化合物。 作為酯類,例如進而較佳地列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸-正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等。 作為醚類,例如可較佳地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等。 作為酮類,例如可較佳地列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等。 作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地列舉甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等。 作為亞碸類,可較佳地列舉二甲基亞碸。<< Solvent> In the present invention, when the resin composition is formed into a layer by coating, it is preferable to mix the solvent with the resin composition. As the solvent, a known solvent can be arbitrarily used. Examples include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and fluorenes. Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, and the like. Butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate (eg, methyl alkoxyacetate, alkoxy Ethyl acetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.) ), Alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3 -Ethyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (for example, 2-alkoxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2 -Propyl methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), 2- Methyloxy-2-methylpropanoate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropanoate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-ethoxy- 2-methyl propionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, 2-oxo On behalf of ethyl butyrate. Examples of the ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. , Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate Esters, etc. Examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, and limonene. As a fluorene, a dimethyl sulfene is mentioned suitably.

從塗佈面性狀的改良等的觀點考慮,將兩種以上的溶劑混合之形態亦為較佳。其中,由選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之兩種以上構成之混合溶液為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸與γ-丁內酯為特佳。From the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, a form in which two or more solvents are mixed is also preferable. Among them, selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfinium, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol ethyl A mixed solution composed of two or more of an acid ester, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable. It is particularly preferable to use dimethyl sulfene and γ-butyrolactone together.

當樹脂組成物具有溶劑時,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,將溶劑的含量設為樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,5~70質量%為進一步較佳,10~60質量%為特佳。溶劑含量藉由所希望的厚度和塗佈方法調節即可。例如若塗佈方法為旋轉塗佈法或狹縫塗佈法,則成為上述範圍的固體成分濃度之溶劑的含量為較佳。若為噴塗法,則設為成為0.1質量%~50質量%之量為較佳,設為1.0質量%~25質量%較佳。藉由塗佈方法調節溶劑量,藉此能夠均勻地形成所希望的厚度的樹脂組成物層。 溶劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當溶劑為兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。 又,從膜強度的觀點考慮,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總質量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.5質量%為進一步較佳,小於0.1質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition has a solvent, from the viewpoint of coating properties, it is preferable to set the content of the solvent to a total solid content concentration of the resin composition of 5 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 5 to 70% by mass. 10 to 60% by mass is particularly good. The solvent content may be adjusted by the desired thickness and coating method. For example, if the coating method is a spin coating method or a slit coating method, the content of the solvent having a solid content concentration in the above range is preferred. In the case of the spray coating method, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 1.0 to 25% by mass. By adjusting the amount of the solvent by the coating method, a resin composition layer having a desired thickness can be uniformly formed. The solvent may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When there are two or more solvents, the total is preferably in the above range. From the viewpoint of film strength, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and N, N-dimethylformamide The content of amidine is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, even more preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.1% by mass.

<<增感色素>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以包含增感色素。增感色素吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感色素與熱鹼產生劑、光鹼產生劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱鹼產生劑、光鹼產生劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑發生化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,並將該內容編入本說明書中。當樹脂組成物包含增感色素時,增感色素的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感色素可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。<<< Sensitizing dye> The resin composition in this invention may contain a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs a specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitized dye in an electronically excited state is brought into contact with a thermal alkali generator, a photobase generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like to generate effects such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation. Thereby, the thermal base generator, the photobase generator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator undergo chemical changes to decompose, and generate radicals, acids, or bases. For details of the sensitizing dye, refer to the descriptions in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, and incorporate the contents into this specification. When the resin composition contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and 0.5 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Better. The sensitizing dye may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

<<鏈轉移劑>> 本發明中的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如於高分子辞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science, Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如使用於分子內具有SH、PH、SiH、GeH之化合物組。該些向低活性自由基種供給氫而生成自由基,或者經氧化之後,藉由去質子而可生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物(例如,2-巰基苯并咪唑類、2-巰基苯并噻唑類、2-巰基苯并噁唑類、3-巰基三唑類、5-巰基四唑類等)。當樹脂組成物含有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,較佳為0.01~20質量份,更佳為1~10質量份,進一步較佳為1~5質量份。鏈轉移劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當鏈轉移劑為兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。<< chain transfer agent >> The resin composition in the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005) pages 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in a molecule is used. These can generate free radicals by supplying hydrogen to low-active radical species, or can generate free radicals by deprotonation after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzothiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles) can be preferably used. Class, etc.). When the resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. 1 to 5 parts by mass. The chain transfer agent may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of chain transfer agents, it is preferable that the total is in the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 從提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中亦可以添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟類界面活性劑、非離子類界面活性劑、陽離子類界面活性劑、陰離子類界面活性劑、矽酮類界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦為較佳。 [化學式29] <<<Surfactant> From the viewpoint of improving the coating property, various surfactants may be added to the resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. The following surfactants are also preferred. [Chemical Formula 29]

當樹脂組成物含有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以是僅一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當含有兩種以上的界面活性劑時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of surfactants are contained, the total thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<高級脂肪酸衍生物>> 為了防止因氧引起之聚合阻礙,本發明的樹脂組成物中可以添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺那樣的高級脂肪酸衍生物而於塗佈後的乾燥過程中局部存在於組成物的表面。當樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以是僅為一種,亦可以是兩種以上。當高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上時,其合計係上述範圍為較佳。<< Higher Fatty Acid Derivatives> In order to prevent polymerization from being hindered by oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or ammonium behenate can be added to the resin composition of the present invention after coating. Localized on the surface of the composition during drying. When the resin composition has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one type, or two or more types. When there are two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives, the total is preferably in the above range.

<<其他添加劑>> 於不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,本發明中的樹脂組成物能夠依需要而調合各種添加物,例如,無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。當調合該些添加劑時,其合計調合量係樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<< Other additives >> As long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, the resin composition in the present invention can be blended with various additives as required, for example, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, and antioxidants. , UV absorber, anti-agglomerating agent, etc. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition.

<<<關於其他含有物質的限制>>> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明中的樹脂組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為進一步較佳,小於0.6質量%為特佳。<<< Restrictions on Other Contained Substances >> From the viewpoint of the properties of the coated surface, the moisture content of the resin composition in the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass%, and less than 1 mass% is more preferably, less than 0.6. The mass% is particularly good.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明中的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為進一步較佳,小於0.5質量ppm為特佳。作為金屬,可列舉鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。當包含複數種金屬時,該些金屬的合計為上述範圍為較佳。 又,作為減少無意中包含於樹脂組成物之金屬雜質之方法,能夠列舉作為構成樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料,對構成本發明的組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而於盡可能抑制了污染之條件下進行蒸餾等方法。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition in the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. Extraordinary. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, and nickel. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range. In addition, as a method for reducing the metal impurities inadvertently contained in the resin composition, a raw material having a small metal content can be selected as a raw material constituting the resin composition, and the raw material constituting the composition of the present invention is filtered with a filter, and Polytetrafluoroethylene and other methods are used to line the inside of the device and perform distillation under conditions that minimize contamination.

從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為特佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者係小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為特佳。作為鹵素原子,可列舉氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯化物離子及溴化物離子的合計分別為上述範圍為較佳。From the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and particularly preferably less than 200 mass ppm. Among them, those present in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and particularly preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, or a chloride ion and a bromide ion are in the above-mentioned ranges, respectively.

<樹脂組成物的製備> 樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分而製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。 又,以去除樹脂組成物中的垃圾或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑係1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用用有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾步驟中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。當使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑和/或材質不同之過濾器。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。當進行複數次過濾時,可以係循環過濾。又,可以於加壓之後進行過濾。當於加壓之後進行過濾時,進行加壓之壓力係0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用了吸附材料之雜質去除處理。還可以組合過濾器過濾和使用了吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可列舉矽膠、沸石等無機類吸附材料、活性碳等有機類吸附材料。<Preparation of resin composition> A resin composition can be prepared by mixing each said component. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method. In addition, for the purpose of removing foreign matters such as garbage and particles in the resin composition, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter. The filter pore size is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be previously cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering step of the filter, a plurality of filters can be used in parallel or in series. When multiple filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cyclic filtering. In addition, filtration may be performed after pressurization. When filtering is performed after pressurization, the pressure for pressurizing is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent can also be performed. It is also possible to combine a filter and an impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolites, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.

<積層體的製造方法> 接著,對本發明的積層體的製造方法進行說明。本發明的積層體的製造方法包括上述本發明的圖案形成方法。<The manufacturing method of a laminated body> Next, the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated. The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention includes the pattern formation method of this invention mentioned above.

本發明的積層體的製造方法中,進行負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟、顯影步驟及加熱步驟於支撐體上形成樹脂層的圖案之後,將金屬層形成步驟和依次進行負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟、顯影步驟及加熱步驟之圖案形成步驟交替進行2~7次為較佳,進行2~5次為更佳。藉此,能夠製造將由負型感光性樹脂組成物層形成之樹脂層和金屬層交替積層複數層而成之多層配線結構的積層體。又,於該種多層配線結構的積層體中,形成厚度差大之圖案之情況較多。尤其,隨著樹脂層的積層數變多,形成厚度差更大之圖案之情況變多。又,以往的方法中存在因步驟數大幅增加而花費時間之傾向。隨著樹脂層的積層數變多,於支撐體等中亦產生翹曲,於以往的方法中存在無法保持圖案的均勻性之傾向。相對於此,依本發明,即使於該種多層配線結構的積層體中,亦能夠以良好的效率對樹脂層(負型感光性樹脂組成物層)形成圖案。因此,藉由將本發明的團形成方法應用於該種積層體的製造中,可輕鬆地且更加有效地發揮本發明的效果。In the method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present invention, a negative photosensitive resin composition layer forming step, an exposure step, a developing step, and a heating step are performed to form a pattern of a resin layer on a support, and then the metal layer forming step and the negative step are sequentially performed The pattern forming step of the photosensitive resin composition layer forming step, the exposure step, the developing step, and the heating step are preferably performed 2 to 7 times alternately, and more preferably 2 to 5 times. Thereby, a laminated body having a multilayer wiring structure in which a resin layer and a metal layer formed of a negative photosensitive resin composition layer are alternately laminated can be manufactured. In addition, in such a multilayer body having a multilayer wiring structure, a pattern having a large thickness difference is often formed. In particular, as the number of laminated resin layers increases, a pattern with a larger thickness difference is often formed. Moreover, the conventional method tends to take time due to a large increase in the number of steps. As the number of laminated resin layers increases, warping also occurs in the support and the like, and there is a tendency that the uniformity of the pattern cannot be maintained in the conventional method. In contrast, according to the present invention, it is possible to pattern a resin layer (negative photosensitive resin composition layer) with good efficiency even in a multilayer body of such a multilayer wiring structure. Therefore, by applying the pellet formation method of the present invention to the production of such a laminated body, the effects of the present invention can be easily and more effectively exerted.

圖3為表示多層配線結構的積層體的一例之圖。圖中的符號500表示積層體,符號201~204表示樹脂層,符號301~303表示金屬層。又,圖2中的符號A為藉由本發明的圖案形成方法形成之同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最薄的圖案的厚度,符號B為同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of a multilayer body having a multilayer wiring structure. In the figure, reference numeral 500 indicates a laminated body, reference numerals 201 to 204 indicate resin layers, and reference numerals 301 to 303 indicate metal layers. In addition, the symbol A in FIG. 2 is the thickness of the thinnest pattern among the patterns with different thicknesses formed simultaneously by the pattern forming method of the present invention, and the symbol B is the thickest pattern among the patterns with different thicknesses formed at the same time. thickness of.

對圖3所示之積層體進行說明。樹脂層201中形成有所希望的圖案。該圖案藉由負型顯影而形成。於樹脂層201的表面形成有金屬層301。該金屬層301以覆蓋形成在樹脂層201之槽401的表面的一部分的方式形成。 於金屬層301上形成有樹脂層202。樹脂層202中形成有所希望的圖案且金屬層301的一部分露出於樹脂層202。該圖案藉由負型顯影而形成。於樹脂層202的表面形成有金屬層302。該金屬層302以覆蓋形成在樹脂層202之槽402的表面的一部分的方式形成,且與露出於樹脂層202之金屬層301電連接。 於金屬層302上形成有樹脂層203。樹脂層203中形成有所希望的圖案,且金屬層302的一部分露出於樹脂層203。該圖案藉由負型顯影而形成。於樹脂層203的表面形成有金屬層303。該金屬層303以覆蓋形成在樹脂層203之槽403的表面的一部分的方式形成,且與露出於樹脂層203之金屬層302電連接。 於金屬層303上形成有樹脂層204。樹脂層204中形成有所希望的圖案,且金屬層303的一部分露出於樹脂層204。又,於圖3中金屬層302的一部分亦露出於樹脂層204。 該積層體作為樹脂層201~204的絕緣膜而發揮作用,且金屬層301~303作為配線層而發揮功能。該種積層體能夠較佳地用作電子裝置中的再配線層。The laminated body shown in FIG. 3 is demonstrated. A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 201. The pattern is formed by negative development. A metal layer 301 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 201. The metal layer 301 is formed so as to cover a part of the surface of the groove 401 formed in the resin layer 201. A resin layer 202 is formed on the metal layer 301. A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 202 and a part of the metal layer 301 is exposed on the resin layer 202. The pattern is formed by negative development. A metal layer 302 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 202. The metal layer 302 is formed so as to cover a part of the surface of the groove 402 formed in the resin layer 202, and is electrically connected to the metal layer 301 exposed to the resin layer 202. A resin layer 203 is formed on the metal layer 302. A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 203, and a part of the metal layer 302 is exposed on the resin layer 203. The pattern is formed by negative development. A metal layer 303 is formed on the surface of the resin layer 203. The metal layer 303 is formed so as to cover a part of the surface of the groove 403 formed in the resin layer 203 and is electrically connected to the metal layer 302 exposed to the resin layer 203. A resin layer 204 is formed on the metal layer 303. A desired pattern is formed in the resin layer 204, and a part of the metal layer 303 is exposed on the resin layer 204. A part of the metal layer 302 is also exposed in the resin layer 204 in FIG. 3. The laminated body functions as an insulating film of the resin layers 201 to 204, and the metal layers 301 to 303 function as wiring layers. Such a laminated body can be preferably used as a redistribution layer in an electronic device.

<電子裝置的製造方法> 接著,對本發明的電子裝置的製造方法進行說明。本發明的電子裝置的製造方法包括上述本發明的圖案形成方法。利用圖式對應用本發明的圖案形成方法而得到之電子裝置的一實施形態進行說明。圖4所示之電子裝置100係所謂的三維安裝裝置,且積層有複數個半導體元件(半導體晶片)101a~101d之積層體101配置於配線基板120上。此外,該實施形態中,主要對半導體元件(半導體晶片)的積層數為4層之情況進行說明,但半導體元件(半導體晶片)的積層數並無特別限定,例如可以係2層、8層、16層、32層等。又,可以係1層。<The manufacturing method of an electronic device> Next, the manufacturing method of the electronic device of this invention is demonstrated. A method of manufacturing an electronic device according to the present invention includes the pattern forming method of the present invention described above. An embodiment of an electronic device obtained by applying the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described with reference to drawings. The electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 4 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting device, and a multilayer body 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor elements (semiconductor wafers) 101 a to 101 d are stacked is arranged on a wiring substrate 120. In addition, in this embodiment, the case where the number of stacked layers of a semiconductor element (semiconductor wafer) is mainly four is described, but the number of stacked layers of a semiconductor element (semiconductor wafer) is not particularly limited, and for example, two layers, eight layers, 16 floors, 32 floors, etc. It can be tied to one floor.

複數個半導體元件101a~101d均包含矽基板等半導體晶圓。 最上段的半導體元件101a不具有貫通電極,且於其一方的面形成有電極焊盤(未圖示)。 半導體元件101b~101d具有貫通電極102b~102d,且於各半導體元件的兩面設置有一體設置於貫通電極之連接焊盤(未圖示)。Each of the plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d includes a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate. The uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface thereof. The semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) integrally provided on the through electrodes are provided on both surfaces of each semiconductor element.

積層體101具有對不具有貫通電極之半導體元件101a和具有貫通電極102b~102d之半導體元件101b~101d進行倒裝晶片接合之結構。 亦即,不具有貫通電極之半導體元件101a的電極焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102b之半導體元件101b的半導體元件101a側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103a而連接,且具有貫通電極102b之半導體元件101b的另一側的連接焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102c之半導體元件101c的半導體元件101b側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103b而連接。同樣地,具有貫通電極102c之半導體元件101c的另一側的連接焊盤和與其相鄰之具有貫通電極102d之半導體元件101d的半導體元件101c側的連接焊盤藉由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103c而連接。The laminated body 101 has a structure of flip-chip bonding a semiconductor element 101a without a through electrode and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d with a through electrode 102b to 102d. That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a without a through electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the semiconductor element 101b with a through electrode 102b adjacent thereto are connected by a metal bump 103a such as a solder bump. The connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the through electrode 102b and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c adjacent to the connection pad are formed by a metal bump 103b such as a solder bump. connection. Similarly, the connection pads on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c and the connection pads on the semiconductor element 101c side of the semiconductor element 101d having the through electrode 102d adjacent thereto are connected by metal bumps such as solder bumps. 103c and connected.

於各半導體元件101a~101d的間隙中形成有底部填充層110,且經由底部填充層110而積層有各半導體元件101a~101d。An underfill layer 110 is formed in a gap between each of the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and each of the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d is laminated via the underfill layer 110.

積層體101積層在配線基板120上。 作為配線基板120,例如使用將樹脂基板、陶瓷基板、玻璃基板等絕緣基板用作基材之複數層配線基板。作為應用樹脂基板之配線基板120,可列舉複數層覆銅積層板(複數層印刷配線板)等。The laminated body 101 is laminated on the wiring substrate 120. As the wiring substrate 120, for example, a plurality of layers of wiring substrates using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material are used. Examples of the wiring substrate 120 to which the resin substrate is applied include a plurality of copper-clad laminated boards (multilayer printed wiring boards) and the like.

於配線基板120的一面中設置有表面電極120a。 於配線基板120與積層體101之間配置有形成有再配線層105之絕緣層115,配線基板120與積層體101經由再配線層105而電連接。絕緣層115為利用本發明的圖案形成方法而形成者。絕緣層115可以是如圖3所示那樣的多層配線結構。 再配線層105的一端經由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103d與形成在半導體元件101d的再配線層105側的面之電極焊盤連接。又,再配線層105的另一端經由焊料凸塊等金屬凸塊103e與配線基板的表面電極120a連接。 進而,於絕緣層115與積層體101之間形成有底部填充層110a。又,於絕緣層115與配線基板120之間形成有底部填充層110b。 [實施例]A surface electrode 120 a is provided on one surface of the wiring substrate 120. An insulating layer 115 on which the redistribution layer 105 is formed is arranged between the wiring substrate 120 and the multilayer body 101, and the wiring substrate 120 and the multilayer body 101 are electrically connected via the redistribution layer 105. The insulating layer 115 is formed using the pattern forming method of the present invention. The insulating layer 115 may have a multilayer wiring structure as shown in FIG. 3. One end of the redistribution layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on a surface of the redistribution layer 105 side of the semiconductor element 101d via a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump. The other end of the redistribution layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump. Further, an underfill layer 110a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the laminated body 101. An underfill layer 110b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明進行進一步具體地說明,本發明於不脫離其宗旨之範圍內並不限定於以下實施例。此外,只要無特別限制,則“%”及“份”為質量基準。NMR為核磁共振的簡稱。Hereinafter, the present invention will be further specifically described by examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples without departing from the scope of the present invention. In addition, as long as there is no particular limitation, "%" and "part" are quality standards. NMR is short for nuclear magnetic resonance.

(合成例1) [源自均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及芐醇的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1:不具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將14.06g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐(於140℃下乾燥12小時)和14.22g(131.58毫莫耳)的芐醇懸浮於50ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮,並藉由分子篩而使其乾燥。於100℃下對懸浮液加熱了3小時。開始加熱並經過數分鐘之後得到了透明的溶液。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,並添加了21.43g(270.9毫莫耳)的吡啶及90ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)的SOCl2 。於添加SOCl2 期間黏度得以增加。用50ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後於室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,於20~23℃下經20分鐘對反應混合物滴加了將11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100ml的N-甲基吡咯啶酮而得到之溶液。接著,於室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了1晩。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱於5公升的水中,並以5000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌了15分鐘。濾取聚醯亞胺前驅物,再次投入到4公升的水中並進而攪拌30分鐘而再次進行過濾。接著,減壓下,於45℃下將聚醯亞胺前驅物乾燥了3天而得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1)。 [化學式30] (Synthesis Example 1) [Polyimide precursor derived from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and benzyl alcohol (P-1: Polymer without radical polymerizable group Synthesis of hydrazone imide precursor)] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (drying at 140 ° C for 12 hours) and 14.22 g (131.58 mmol) of benzyl alcohol were suspended in 50 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone and dried by molecular sieve. The suspension was heated at 100 ° C for 3 hours. After starting heating and after a few minutes, a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10 ° C, and while maintaining the temperature at -10 ± 4 ° C, 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl 2 . After dilution with 50 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was added dropwise with 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in 100 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone at 20 to 23 ° C over 20 minutes. The resulting solution. Then, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 ton. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, and stirred for 30 minutes, and then filtered again. Then, the polyimide precursor was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain a polyimide precursor (P-1) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula. [Chemical Formula 30]

(合成例2) [源自均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-2:具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將14.06g(64.5毫莫耳)的均苯四甲酸二酐(於140℃下乾燥了12小時)、18.6g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的對苯二酚、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二乙二醇二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚)進行混合,且於60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時而製造了均苯四酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl2 將所得到之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-2)。 [化學式31] (Synthesis Example 2) [Polyimide precursor derived from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (P-2: radical-containing Synthesis of polymerizable polyfluorene imide precursor)] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C for 12 hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 10.7 g of pyridine, and 140 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and the temperature was at 60 ° C. After stirring for 18 hours, a diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was produced. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted to a polyfluorene imine precursor by 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. 1 In the same manner, a polyfluorene imide precursor (P-2) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula was obtained. [Chemical Formula 31]

(合成例3) [源自4,4’-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-3:具有自由基聚合性基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸酐(於140℃下乾燥了12小時)、18.6g(129毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的對苯二酚、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二乙二醇二甲醚進行混合,且於60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時而製造了4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,藉由SOCl2 將所得到之二酯氯化之後,以與合成例1相同的方法用4,4’-二胺基二苯醚轉換為聚醯亞胺前驅物,並以與合成例1相同的方法得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-3)。 [化學式32] (Synthesis Example 3) [Polyimide precursor derived from 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (P -3: Synthesis of a polyimide precursor having a radical polymerizable group)] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxybisphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C for 12 Hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 10.7 g of pyridine, and 140 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and mixed at 60 ° C It was stirred at a temperature of 18 hours for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted to a polyfluorene imine precursor by 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. 1 In the same manner, a polyfluorene imide precursor (P-3) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula was obtained. [Chemical Formula 32]

(合成例4) [源自4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐及4,4’-氧基二苯胺之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-4:具有羧基之聚醯亞胺前驅物)的合成] 將20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐(於140℃下乾燥了12小時)溶解於180ml的NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮),進而添加21.43g(270.9毫莫耳)的吡啶,將反應液冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持於-10±4℃的同時,將11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧基二苯胺溶解於NMP100ml而成之溶解液經30分鐘滴加,接著將反應混合液於室溫下攪拌了1晩。接著,投入5公升水而使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,並以5000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌15分鐘。濾取聚醯亞胺前驅物,再次投入到4公升水中進而攪拌30分鐘,並再次濾取。接著,將所得到之聚醯亞胺前驅物於減壓下,且於45℃下乾燥3天而得到了包含由下述式表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-4)。 [化學式33] (Synthesis Example 4) [Polyimide precursor derived from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride and 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine (P-4: polyimide having a carboxyl group Synthesis of precursor)] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C for 12 hours) was dissolved in 180 ml of NMP (N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone), 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine was added, and the reaction solution was cooled to -10 ° C, while maintaining the temperature at -10 ± 4 ° C, 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) A solution obtained by dissolving 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine in 100 ml of NMP was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 ton. Next, 5 liters of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was filtered out, put into 4 liters of water again and stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried under reduced pressure and dried at 45 ° C for 3 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (P-4) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula. [Chemical Formula 33]

(合成例5)[丙烯酸類聚合物(P-6)的合成] 將27.0g(153.2毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸苄酯、20g(157.3毫莫耳)的N-異丙基甲基丙烯醯胺、39g(309.2毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯、13g(151.0毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸、聚合起始劑(V-601、Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)3.55g(15.4毫莫耳)及3-甲氧基-2-丙醇300g進行混合。於氮環境下,向加熱至75℃之3-甲氧基-2-丙醇300g中經2小時滴加了混合液。滴加結束之後,進而於氮環境下、且於75℃下攪拌了2小時。反應結束後,投入到5公升水中而使聚合物沉澱,並以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾而去除丙烯酸樹脂,再次投入到4公升水中且進而攪拌30分鐘來再次進行過濾而去除。接著,減壓下,於45℃下將所得到之丙烯酸樹脂乾燥3天而得到了由下述式表示之丙烯酸類聚合物(P-6)。 [化學式34] (Synthesis Example 5) [Synthesis of acrylic polymer (P-6)] 27.0 g (153.2 mmol) of benzyl methacrylate and 20 g (157.3 mmol) of N-isopropylmethacryl Amidine, 39 g (309.2 mmol) of allyl methacrylate, 13 g (151.0 mmol) of methacrylic acid, polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 3.55 g (15.4 mmol) and 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol were mixed. In a nitrogen environment, the mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol heated to 75 ° C over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After completion of the reaction, the polymer was poured into 5 liters of water to precipitate a polymer, and the mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The acrylic resin was removed by filtration, and it was again poured into 4 liters of water and stirred for 30 minutes to perform filtration and removal again. Then, the obtained acrylic resin was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain an acrylic polymer (P-6) represented by the following formula. [Chemical Formula 34]

<負型感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 將下述中所記載之成分進行混合,並作為均勻的溶液而製備了感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈液。 (組成) 樹脂:下述表中所記載之質量份 自由基聚合性化合物:下述表中所記載之質量份 光自由基聚合起始劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 矽烷耦合劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 防鏽劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 聚合抑制劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 鹼產生劑:下述表中所記載之質量份 溶劑1(二甲基亞碸):100質量份 溶劑2(γ-丁內酯):25質量份<Preparation of negative-type photosensitive resin composition> The components described below were mixed, and the coating liquid of the photosensitive resin composition was prepared as a uniform solution. (Composition) Resin: parts by mass of the radical polymerizable compound described in the following table: parts by mass of the photo radical polymerization initiator described in the following table: parts by mass of the silane coupling agent described in the following table: The parts by mass of the rust preventive agent described in the following table: the parts by mass of the polymerization inhibitor described in the following table: the parts by mass of the alkali generator described in the following table: the parts by mass of the solvent 1 in the following table (Dimethylmethylene): 100 parts by mass of solvent 2 (γ-butyrolactone): 25 parts by mass

<負型感光性組成物的解析度的評價> 於Si基板上塗佈負型感光性樹脂組成物而形成了塗佈膜。接著,使用100℃的加熱板進行240秒鐘的加熱處理而形成了膜厚15μm的負型感光性樹脂組成物層。接著,對負型感光性樹脂組成物層,使用步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),經由具有15μm方形拜耳之圖案遮罩,按100mJ/cm2 改變曝光量而照射100~1000mJ/cm2 的i射線(365nm的波長的光),接著,將形成有曝光後的負型感光性樹脂組成物層之Si基板載置於旋轉/噴淋顯影機(DW-30型;Chemitronics Co., Ltd.製)的水平旋轉台上並使用環戊酮於23℃下進行60秒鐘的顯影而去除了未曝光部,從而形成了圖案。依照以下基準評價了負型感光性組成物的解析度。此外,基底基板的露出寬為15μm±3μm時,設為能夠解析線寬15μm的圖案(15μm方形圖案)。 A:能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差為900mJ/cm2 以上。 B:能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差為600mJ/cm2 以上且小於900mJ/cm2 。 C:能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差小於600mJ/cm2<Evaluation of the resolution of a negative photosensitive composition> A coating film was formed by coating a negative photosensitive resin composition on a Si substrate. Next, a heat treatment was performed for 240 seconds using a 100 ° C. hot plate to form a negative photosensitive resin composition layer having a film thickness of 15 μm. Next, the negative photosensitive resin composition layer was irradiated with a stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) through a pattern mask having a 15 μm square Bayer and changing the exposure amount at 100 mJ / cm 2 to irradiate 100 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 of i-rays (light having a wavelength of 365 nm), and then the Si substrate on which the negative-type photosensitive resin composition layer after exposure was formed was placed in a rotary / spray developing machine (DW-30 type; Chemitronics Co., Ltd.) was developed on a horizontal rotary table using cyclopentanone at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds to remove unexposed portions, thereby forming a pattern. The resolution of the negative photosensitive composition was evaluated according to the following criteria. In addition, when the exposed width of the base substrate is 15 μm ± 3 μm, a pattern (15 μm square pattern) with a line width of 15 μm can be analyzed. A: The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm is 900 mJ / cm 2 or more. B: The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm is 600 mJ / cm 2 or more and less than 900 mJ / cm 2 . C: The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure pattern capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm is less than 600 mJ / cm 2 .

[表6] [TABLE 6]

表中所記載之簡稱如下。 (樹脂) P-1~P-4:於合成例1~4進行合成之聚醯亞胺前驅物(P-1)~(P-4) P-5:Matrimid5218(Huntsman Corporation製、閉環型聚醯亞胺) P-6:於合成例5進行合成之丙烯酸類聚合物(P-6) P-7:聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(Mw=15000、Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC.製)The abbreviations listed in the table are as follows. (Resin) P-1 to P-4: Polyfluorene imide precursors (P-1) to (P-4) synthesized in Synthesis Examples 1 to 4 P-5: Matrimid 5218 (Huntsman Corporation, closed-loop polymerization) Pyriminium) P-6: Acrylic polymer (P-6) synthesized in Synthesis Example 5 P-7: Polymethylmethacrylate (Mw = 15000, manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC.)

(自由基聚合性化合物) B-1:SR209(Sartomer company製、四甘醇二丙烯酸酯) B-2:NK酯A-9300(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd.製、乙氧基化異氰脲酸三丙烯酸酯) B-3:A-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd.製、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯) B-4:A-DPH(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd.製、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯)(Radical Polymerizable Compound) B-1: SR209 (manufactured by Sartomer company, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate) B-2: NK ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd., ethoxylated isocyanate Uric acid triacrylate) B-3: A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd., pentaerythritol tetraacrylate) B-4: A-DPH (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co, Ltd., dipentaerythritol six Acrylate)

(光自由基聚合起始劑) C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製、肟化合物) C-2:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF公司製、肟化合物) C-3:IRGACURE-784(BASF製、茂金屬化合物) C-4:ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製、肟化合物)(Photo radical polymerization initiator) C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound) C-2: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound) C-3: IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF, Metallocene compound) C-4: ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION, oxime compound)

(矽烷耦合劑) D-1:KBM-602(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、具有胺基之矽烷化合物) D-2:2-((3-(三乙氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)胺基甲醯基)苯甲酸(Aquila Pharmatech LLC製、具有羧基之矽烷化合物) D-3:三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基馬來醯胺酸(Gelest,Inc製、具有羧基之矽烷化合物)(Silane coupling agent) D-1: KBM-602 (silane compound having an amine group manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) D-2: 2-((3- (triethoxysilyl) Propyl) aminomethylamido) benzoic acid (silane compound with carboxyl group produced by Aquila Pharmatech LLC) D-3: triethoxysilylpropylmaleic acid (manufactured by Gelest, Inc. and carboxyl group) Silane compounds)

(防鏽劑) E-1:KEMITEC BT-C(CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA LTD製、1,2,3-苯并三唑) E-2:1HT(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製、1H-四唑) E-3:P5T(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製、5-苯基-1H-四唑)(Antirust agent) E-1: KEMITEC BT-C (made by CHEMIPRO KASEI KAISHA LTD, 1,2,3-benzotriazole) E-2: 1HT (made by TOYOBO CO., LTD., 1H-tetrazole) E-3: P5T (manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD., 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole)

(聚合抑制劑) F-1:4-甲氧基苯酚 F-2:對苯醌 F-3:1-亞硝基-2-萘酚(Polymerization inhibitor) F-1: 4-methoxyphenol F-2: p-benzoquinone F-3: 1-nitroso-2-naphthol

(鹼產生劑) A-1、A-21、A-40:下述結構的化合物(熱鹼產生劑) A-43:WPBG-266(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製、光鹼產生劑。藉由加熱而分解來產生鹼之化合物。) [化學式35] (Alkali generator) A-1, A-21, A-40: Compounds of the following structure (thermal alkali generator) A-43: WPBG-266 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., photo-alkali generator). A compound that generates a base by being decomposed by heating.) [Chemical Formula 35]

<圖案形成方法> 於圖5所示之具有段差之Si基板(t1~t8=2μm、t9=0.5μm、t10=0.5μm、t11=1μm)上塗佈負型感光性樹脂組成物,以塗佈膜的乾燥後的膜厚T1於最厚的部位成為20μm之方式,調整塗佈轉速而形成塗膜,使用100℃的加熱板進行240秒鐘的加熱處理,從而形成了負型感光性樹脂組成物層。對負型感光性樹脂組成物層,使用步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),經由具有15μm方形拜耳之圖案遮罩,按100mJ/cm2 改變曝光量而照射100~1000mJ/cm2 的i射線(365nm的波長的光)。接著,將形成有曝光後的負型感光性樹脂組成物層之Si基板載置於旋轉/噴淋顯影機(DW-30型;Chemitronics Co., Ltd.製)的水平旋轉台上並使用環戊酮於23℃下進行60秒鐘的顯影而去除了未曝光部。接著,利用氮烘箱於230℃下實施180分鐘的加熱處理而於Si基板的各段差上形成了圖案。此外,於圖5中形成之圖案的厚度係2μm、3μm、3.5μm、4μm、6μm、8μm、10μm、12μm、14μm、16μm、18μm、20μm。<Pattern formation method> A negative photosensitive resin composition is coated on a Si substrate (t1 to t8 = 2 μm, t9 = 0.5 μm, t10 = 0.5 μm, t11 = 1 μm) having a step difference as shown in FIG. The film thickness T1 of the cloth film after drying is set to 20 μm at the thickest part. The coating speed is adjusted to form a coating film, and a 100 ° C heating plate is used for 240 seconds of heat treatment to form a negative photosensitive resin. Composition layer. For the negative photosensitive resin composition layer, a stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used to irradiate 100 to 1000 mJ / with a pattern mask having a 15 μm square Bayer and changing the exposure amount by 100 mJ / cm 2 cm 2 of i-rays (light at a wavelength of 365 nm). Next, the Si substrate on which the negative photosensitive resin composition layer after exposure was formed was placed on a horizontal rotary table of a rotary / spray developing machine (DW-30 type; manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.) and a ring was used. The pentanone was developed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds to remove unexposed portions. Next, a heat treatment was performed at 230 ° C. for 180 minutes in a nitrogen oven to form a pattern on each step of the Si substrate. The thickness of the pattern formed in FIG. 5 is 2 μm, 3 μm, 3.5 μm, 4 μm, 6 μm, 8 μm, 10 μm, 12 μm, 14 μm, 16 μm, 18 μm, 20 μm.

<解析度的評價> 依照以下基準評價了解析度。此外,顯影後中的基底基板的露出寬度為15μm±3μm時,設為能夠解析線寬15μm的圖案(15μm方形圖案)。 A:能夠於厚度2~20μm的範圍形成線寬15μm的圖案。 B:能夠於厚度2~16μm的範圍形成線寬15μm的圖案,但於厚度大於16μm之部分,未能夠形成線寬15μm的圖案。 C:能夠於厚度2~12μm的範圍形成線寬15μm的圖案,但於厚度大於12μm之部分,未能夠形成線寬15μm的圖案。 D:不符合上述A~C中的任一個。 於厚度2~20μm中的任一個中均未能夠形成線寬15μm的圖案。<Evaluation of Resolution> The resolution was evaluated according to the following criteria. When the exposed width of the base substrate after development is 15 μm ± 3 μm, a pattern (15 μm square pattern) capable of analyzing a line width of 15 μm is used. A: A pattern having a line width of 15 μm can be formed in a range of a thickness of 2 to 20 μm. B: A pattern having a line width of 15 μm can be formed in a range of 2 to 16 μm in thickness, but a pattern having a line width of 15 μm cannot be formed in a portion having a thickness of more than 16 μm. C: A pattern having a line width of 15 μm can be formed in a range of 2 to 12 μm in thickness, but a pattern having a line width of 15 μm cannot be formed in a portion having a thickness of more than 12 μm. D: Does not meet any of the above A to C. A pattern with a line width of 15 μm could not be formed in any of the thicknesses of 2 to 20 μm.

[表7] [TABLE 7]

如上述表所示,實施例能夠以寬曝光量,且以良好的解析度形成厚度不同之圖案。As shown in the above table, the examples can form patterns with different thicknesses with a wide exposure amount and good resolution.

10‧‧‧樹脂層10‧‧‧ resin layer

11‧‧‧負型感光性樹脂組成物層11‧‧‧ negative photosensitive resin composition layer

20‧‧‧支撐體20‧‧‧ support

50‧‧‧遮罩50‧‧‧Mask

100‧‧‧電子裝置100‧‧‧ electronic device

101a~101d‧‧‧半導體元件101a ~ 101d‧‧‧Semiconductor element

101‧‧‧積層體101‧‧‧Laminated body

102b~102d‧‧‧貫通電極102b ~ 102d‧‧‧through electrode

103a~103e‧‧‧金屬凸塊103a ~ 103e‧‧‧ metal bump

105‧‧‧再配線層105‧‧‧ redistribution layer

110、110a、110b‧‧‧底部填充層110, 110a, 110b‧‧‧ Underfill

115‧‧‧絕緣層115‧‧‧ Insulation

120‧‧‧配線基板120‧‧‧ wiring board

120a‧‧‧表面電極120a‧‧‧ surface electrode

201~204‧‧‧樹脂層201 ~ 204‧‧‧Resin layer

301~303‧‧‧金屬層301 ~ 303‧‧‧metal layer

401~403‧‧‧槽401 ~ 403‧‧‧slot

500‧‧‧積層體500‧‧‧layer

A1、B1、C1、A、B‧‧‧圖案的厚度A1, B1, C1, A, B‧‧‧ pattern thickness

t1~t11‧‧‧段差t1 ~ t11‧‧‧step difference

T1‧‧‧膜厚T1‧‧‧film thickness

圖1為對厚度不同之圖案進行說明之概略圖。 圖2為表示圖1所示之圖案的形成步驟之圖。 圖3為表示積層體一實施形態的結構之概略圖。 圖4為表示電子裝置一實施形態的結構之概略圖。 圖5為表示於具有段差之Si基板上應用了負型感光性樹脂組成物之狀態之圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating patterns having different thicknesses. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a step of forming a pattern shown in FIG. 1. FIG. Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an embodiment of the laminated body. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of an embodiment of an electronic device. FIG. 5 is a view showing a state in which a negative photosensitive resin composition is applied to a Si substrate having a step difference.

Claims (12)

一種圖案形成方法,使用包含樹脂及光聚合起始劑之負型感光性樹脂組成物於支撐體上形成負型感光性樹脂組成物層,並對前述負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而同時形成厚度不同的兩種以上的圖案,其中 同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.5~10倍, 作為前述負型感光性樹脂組成物使用能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係600mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。A pattern forming method using a negative photosensitive resin composition containing a resin and a photopolymerization initiator to form a negative photosensitive resin composition layer on a support, and exposing the negative photosensitive resin composition layer and Two or more patterns having different thicknesses are formed simultaneously during development. The thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is 1.5 to 10 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. As the object, a negative photosensitive resin composition capable of analyzing a maximum exposure value and a minimum exposure value of a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less is 600 mJ / cm 2 or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 於支撐體上將前述負型感光性樹脂組成物層積層2層以上,並對前述積層2層以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物層進行曝光及顯影而同時形成厚度不同之兩種以上的圖案。The pattern forming method according to item 1 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the negative photosensitive resin composition is laminated on the support at least 2 layers, and the negative photosensitive resin composition layer is laminated on the support. Exposure and development are performed simultaneously to form two or more patterns having different thicknesses. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的1.75~8倍。The pattern forming method according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is 1.75 to 8 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 同時形成之厚度不同之圖案中的最厚的圖案的厚度為最薄的圖案的厚度的2~6倍。The pattern forming method according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the thickness of the thickest pattern among the patterns having different thicknesses formed at the same time is 2 to 6 times the thickness of the thinnest pattern. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 作為前述負型感光性樹脂組成物使用能夠解析厚度15μm、線寬15μm以下的圖案之曝光量的最大值與最小值之差係900mJ/cm2 以上之負型感光性樹脂組成物。The pattern forming method according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the exposure amount capable of analyzing a pattern having a thickness of 15 μm and a line width of 15 μm or less is used as the negative photosensitive resin composition. 900 mJ / cm 2 or more of a negative photosensitive resin composition. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 前述樹脂係聚醯亞胺前驅物。The pattern forming method according to item 1 or 2 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the aforementioned resin-based polyimide precursor is used. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 前述聚醯亞胺前驅物由下述式(1)表示, [化學式1]式(1)中,A21 及A22 分別獨立地表示氧原子或‐NH‐,R21 表示2價有機基,R22 表示4價有機基,R23 及R24 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。The pattern forming method as described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned polyimide precursor is represented by the following formula (1), [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (1), A 21 and A 22 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 21 represents a divalent organic group, R 22 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or Monovalent organic group. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 前述式(1)中,R23 及R24 中的至少一個包含自由基聚合性基。The pattern forming method according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least one of R 23 and R 24 in the aforementioned formula (1) includes a radical polymerizable group. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之圖案形成方法,其中 前述式(1)中的R22 係包含芳香環之4價基團。The pattern forming method according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein R 22 in the aforementioned formula (1) contains a tetravalent group of an aromatic ring. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之圖案形成方法,其還包括形成金屬層之步驟。The pattern forming method described in item 1 or 2 of the patent application scope further includes a step of forming a metal layer. 一種積層體的製造方法,其包括申請專利範圍第1至10項中的任一項所述之圖案形成方法。A method for manufacturing a laminated body, which includes the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 of a patent application scope. 一種電子裝置的製造方法,其包括申請專利範圍第1至10項中任一項所述之圖案形成方法。A method for manufacturing an electronic device includes the pattern forming method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 of the scope of patent application.
TW106128841A 2016-08-31 2017-08-25 Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of laminate, and manufacturing method of electronic device TWI732926B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-170211 2016-08-31
JP2016170211 2016-08-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201826024A true TW201826024A (en) 2018-07-16
TWI732926B TWI732926B (en) 2021-07-11

Family

ID=61301791

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106128841A TWI732926B (en) 2016-08-31 2017-08-25 Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of laminate, and manufacturing method of electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6745344B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI732926B (en)
WO (1) WO2018043262A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI785264B (en) * 2018-09-10 2022-12-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor element, and thermal alkali generator

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7134224B2 (en) * 2018-03-29 2022-09-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020179671A1 (en) * 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator
TWI859361B (en) 2019-11-21 2024-10-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, laminate manufacturing method and electronic component manufacturing method
JP7451969B2 (en) * 2019-11-29 2024-03-19 Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for producing cured product, cured product, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic components

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0697023A (en) * 1992-09-16 1994-04-08 Fujitsu Ltd Manufacture of semiconductor device
JP2993419B2 (en) * 1996-01-30 1999-12-20 日本電気株式会社 Exposure method and exposure apparatus
JPH10256149A (en) * 1997-03-14 1998-09-25 Nec Corp Method of forming resist pattern
JP2001033983A (en) * 1999-07-15 2001-02-09 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Pattern forming method, semiconductor device manufacturing method using the same, and semiconductor device
JP4614503B2 (en) * 2000-06-21 2011-01-19 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Method for producing photosensitive polyimide precursor
JP2005202066A (en) * 2004-01-14 2005-07-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Light-sensitive transfer sheet, light-sensitive laminate, image pattern forming method, and wiring pattern forming method
KR101658374B1 (en) * 2013-01-25 2016-09-22 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition with dual property for column spacer and black matrix
JP6306296B2 (en) * 2013-07-09 2018-04-04 太陽インキ製造株式会社 Photosensitive thermosetting resin composition and flexible printed wiring board
WO2015011893A1 (en) * 2013-07-23 2015-01-29 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Resin composition, method for forming pattern using same, and electronic component

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI785264B (en) * 2018-09-10 2022-12-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor element, and thermal alkali generator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018043262A1 (en) 2018-03-08
JPWO2018043262A1 (en) 2019-04-18
JP6745344B2 (en) 2020-08-26
TWI732926B (en) 2021-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6911165B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing laminate and semiconductor device
JP6782298B2 (en) Resin composition and its applications
TWI733882B (en) Manufacturing method of laminated body and manufacturing method of electronic component
TWI728137B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor device, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
TWI825000B (en) Film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and electronic component manufacturing method
TWI742285B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method and semiconductor device
TWI732893B (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor element, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor element manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
TWI751341B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method and semiconductor device
TW201840645A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI751252B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device
TW201741772A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW202010735A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI732926B (en) Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of laminate, and manufacturing method of electronic device
CN112888714B (en) Method for producing cured film, resin composition, cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element
TW201835226A (en) Laminate production method, semiconductor element production method, and laminate
TW202024187A (en) Resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film and semiconductor device